|
Friday December 26, 2025
|
|
12:01 AM - 12:01 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.gov
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 AM - 7:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim (Circle Swim)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM
|
Deep Water Aero & lap swim
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Beginner Lessons - Beginner Pickleball Lessons December Fridays This program is designed to help you get off the couch and on to a pickleball court near you. Come learn from a veteran racket sport instructor, David Cousins. David will teach participants the basic rules and skills of pickleball. This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with other beginner and advanced beginner players.Items to Bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson.TRUE BEGINNERS ONLY.Pre-registration is required. No Senior Discount available.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Shallow Water Aerobics (NO LAPS)
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 5:00 PM
|
School Vacation Camp - December Vacation Camp Week 1 School Vacation Camps are for children in grades K-5 who are residents of South Portland. This program takes place at the South Portland Community Center from 8am to 5pm. Children will enjoy field trips, special events, inside and outside play and arts and crafts. We will also swim in the pool when available. There are no sibling discounts for this program.Min 20/Max 40No camp on 12/24, 12/25, 12/31 & 1/1What To Bring:Lunch and 2 snacks Refillable Water BottleSwimsuit & TowelChange of ClothesA schedule for the week will be posted at a later date.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improvers Pickleball Lessons December Fridays This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Redbank Community Center - Min 8 / Max 12.South Portland Community Center – Min 10 / Max 24.South Portland High School Courts - Min 6 / Max 8.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG FRIDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Rec Camp & Open Swim w board NO LAPS
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Swim 60+ w/ 3 lap lanes
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
December Vacation Camp
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Open Swim w/ Board & LAPS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Shooting Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 8:50 PM
|
Lap Swim
|
|
|
|
|
Monday December 29, 2025
|
|
12:01 AM - 12:01 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.gov
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 AM - 7:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim (Circle Swim)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM
|
Deep Water Aero & lap swim
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength December 8AM Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 25Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Shallow Water Aerobics (NO LAPS)
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ Redbank We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 5:00 PM
|
School Vacation Camp - December Vacation Camp Week 2 School Vacation Camps are for children in grades K-5 who are residents of South Portland. This program takes place at the South Portland Community Center from 8am to 5pm. Children will enjoy field trips, special events, inside and outside play and arts and crafts. We will also swim in the pool when available. There are no sibling discounts for this program.Min 20/Max 40No camp on 12/24, 12/25, 12/31 & 1/1What To Bring:Lunch and 2 snacks Refillable Water BottleSwimsuit & TowelChange of ClothesA schedule for the week will be posted at a later date.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Winter Break Cheer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength December 9AM Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 25Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
PUZZLE CLUB - PUZZLE CLUB Are you looking for a new way to dive further into your obsession with jigsaw puzzles! We have just the thing for you! Puzzle Club is a great way to meet new puzzle lovers, learn new skills and strategies, and do even more puzzles! Come to the senior center and enjoy a morning of quiet puzzle making, 100-500 piece puzzles only (provided or bring your own) or work on bigger puzzles on the puzzle table.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Rec Camp & Open Swim w board NO LAPS
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 3:15 PM
|
Winter Break Cheer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Swim 60+ w/ 3 lap lanes
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - MONDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
HAND & FOOT - HAND & FOOT MONDAYS Drop in one or two afternoons a week to play Hand & Foot on Mondays & Thursdays in the Senior Drop In Center!
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:00 PM
|
December Vacation Camp
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
1/2 Girls Rec Basketball Practice- King
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:45 PM
|
3/4 Boys Rec Basketball Practice- Cekutis
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
1/2 Boys Rec Basketball Practice- Snoonian - Nets
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
ABF swim club
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Youth Hip Hop Dance - Hip Hop: Winter 1 In this fun, 45 minute class, dancers will learn the basics of hip hop dance, an energetic and aerobic dance form that will keep you moving!Please wear comfortable clothing that you can move well in, wear clean sneakers and bring a water bottle. Please have longer hair tied back away from the face.Min 4/ Max 14*Scholarships available- Application linked below*No program on federal holidays
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Rising Stars- Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Lap Swim
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Lauze- High School Rec Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Basketball Leagues - Monday League - Winter Adult Basketball League Format8 regular season gamesPlayoffs 10 team seeded single elimination.5v5, 1 female and 1 male must be on the court for each teamRoster minimum of 8 players, max of 12 including 1 female and 1 male playerTwo - 20 minute halvesMen shots inside 3 point arc = 1 point, Outside arc = 2 pointsFemale shots inside 3 point arc = 2 points, Outside arc = 3 pointsRules are based off of the MPA rulesParticipants must be at least 18 years old and out of High school.Captains, once you register please email Whitney at wdorsett@southportland.govwith your team name and roster. She will create your team in MyRec. FREE AGENTS - Please register under whichever night you would like to play. Please select the free agent group. Free agents will be placed on teams on a first come, first served basis. YOU MUST HAVE BOTH YOUR SOPO ACCOUNT GENERAL AND CANCEL EMAIL OPTIONS AT "YES" TO RECEIVE LEAGUE EMAILS.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Red Basketball Practice- Kierstead
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Deep Water Aerobics & RT Plus
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Yin Yoga - Yin Yoga Fall 2 Yin YogaYin yoga is a Slow-paced, meditative and deeply restorative style of yoga that targets the deeper connective tissues of the body, such as the fascia, ligaments and tendons. Yin Yoga involves holding passive postures for 1-5min to allow the body to deeply relax and open up. Yin is effective for improving flexibility in areas often ignored in more active forms of exercise, such as the hips, pelvis, lower spine and knees. Min 4/ Max 12Instructor: Michelle Moody Adshead 500RYT and Reiki Master
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 8:50 PM
|
Lap Swim
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday December 30, 2025
|
|
12:01 AM - 12:01 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.gov
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 AM - 7:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim (Circle Swim)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM
|
Deep Water Aero & lap swim
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
J.A.M. & Lap Swim
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 5:00 PM
|
School Vacation Camp - December Vacation Camp Week 2 School Vacation Camps are for children in grades K-5 who are residents of South Portland. This program takes place at the South Portland Community Center from 8am to 5pm. Children will enjoy field trips, special events, inside and outside play and arts and crafts. We will also swim in the pool when available. There are no sibling discounts for this program.Min 20/Max 40No camp on 12/24, 12/25, 12/31 & 1/1What To Bring:Lunch and 2 snacks Refillable Water BottleSwimsuit & TowelChange of ClothesA schedule for the week will be posted at a later date.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Winter Break Cheer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
|
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - DEC, Strength and weight training are absolutely critical as one gets older. This class will teach you the best exercises to do, and how to do them with proper form so you get results and avoid injuries. You will learn what to do at the gym, or to just strength train at home with minimal equipment. Beginners will learn how to start, and intermediates will learn how to improve. Emphasis on strength, posture and balance. Please bring a mat!
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
POP - Preschool Open Play - POP - Preschool Open Play Looking for ways to get some energy out and meet new families in the community? Drop in to our POP program and have some fun with your child/family. We will provide the equipment and activity space! Parents/guardians must supervise their child at all times. This is a drop in program. Please pay the supervisor at the start of each day.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Rec Camp & Open Swim w board NO LAPS
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Storytime - Redbank Storytime The South Portland Youth Librarians will be hosting story and song time at Redbank Community Center on Tuesdays. The librarians will be reading stories and leading fun family songs. This program is free. If you have an questions about the program please reach out to Jessica Milton at jmilton@southportland.org.Also on Tuesdays from 9am to 11am at Redbank we also host a preschool open play (POP) program in the gym. This program is $4 for South Portland resident families and $5 for Non-Resident families. You may leave and return to the POP program to attend storytime.Children 12 years of age and younger must be accompanied by an adult.No Program on Federal Holidays
|
|
|
|
|
10:45 AM - 3:15 PM
|
Winter Break Cheer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Swim 60+ w/ 3 lap lanes
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG TUESDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:30 PM
|
TEA & TALK - TEA & TALK Pop into the SPCC Senior Drop in Center Tuesday afternoons from 1:00-2:00p.m. to enjoy some light refreshments and tea. A variety of teas will be served in our fancy china tea cups and tea pots. There’s always plenty to talk about!
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
December Vacation Camp
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM
|
Mix it Up! - Mix it Up! December Mix it up! is a co-ed group strength training class utilizing various methods of training as well as a variety of exercises and equipment. The class is designed for all ages and all fitness levels. On Tuesdays, we kick up the intensity a little bit and incorporate interval training. Thursday’s focus is on total body strength training. Mix it Up! is easy to follow and will make you sweat.
(Maximum of 25) Please note this adult class will only allow a 10% Senior Discount.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
1-2 Boys Rec basketball Practice- Kenney
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
ABF swim club
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Kid's Night Out - December Kids Night Out Drop your children off at the South Portland Community Center for a fun night out where they will enjoy a pizza party, gym games, arts & crafts, swimming (if pool availability allows), and a movie. Please send sneakers, swimsuit and towel. This event is for children in K – 5th grade. Minimum of 20/maximum of 30.Sibling Discount:Residents: $30 for the first child, $20 for each additional child.Non-resident: $40 for the first child, $30 for each additional child.*Note - discount will be applied at checkout!
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:50 PM
|
Kid's Night Out - December Kids Night Out Drop your children off at the South Portland Community Center for a fun night out where they will enjoy a pizza party, gym games, arts & crafts, swimming (if pool availability allows), and a movie. Please send sneakers, swimsuit and towel. This event is for children in K – 5th grade. Minimum of 20/maximum of 30.Sibling Discount:Residents: $30 for the first child, $20 for each additional child.Non-resident: $40 for the first child, $30 for each additional child.*Note - discount will be applied at checkout!
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Open Swim w/ Board NO LAPS
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Shooting Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Shallow Water Aero + 2-3 laps
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 8:50 PM
|
Lap Swim
|
|
|
|
|
Friday January 2, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Beginner Lessons - Beginner Pickleball Lessons January Fridays This program is designed to help you get off the couch and on to a pickleball court near you. Come learn from a veteran racket sport instructor, David Cousins. David will teach participants the basic rules and skills of pickleball. This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with other beginner and advanced beginner players.Items to Bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson.TRUE BEGINNERS ONLY.Pre-registration is required. No Senior Discount available.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 5:00 PM
|
School Vacation Camp - December Vacation Camp Week 2 School Vacation Camps are for children in grades K-5 who are residents of South Portland. This program takes place at the South Portland Community Center from 8am to 5pm. Children will enjoy field trips, special events, inside and outside play and arts and crafts. We will also swim in the pool when available. There are no sibling discounts for this program.Min 20/Max 40No camp on 12/24, 12/25, 12/31 & 1/1What To Bring:Lunch and 2 snacks Refillable Water BottleSwimsuit & TowelChange of ClothesA schedule for the week will be posted at a later date.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improvers Pickleball Lessons January Fridays This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Redbank Community Center - Min 8 / Max 12.South Portland Community Center – Min 10 / Max 24.South Portland High School Courts - Min 6 / Max 8.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - JAN. FRIDAYS Strength and weight training are absolutely critical as one gets older. This class will teach you the best exercises to do, and how to do them with proper form so you get results and avoid injuries. You will learn what to do at the gym, or to just strength train at home with minimal equipment. Beginners will learn how to start, and intermediates will learn how to improve. Emphasis on strength, posture and balance. Please bring a mat!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG FRIDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
|
WAYSIDE FOOD PROGRAMS PRESENTATION - WAYSIDE FOOD PROGRAMS PRESENTATION Wayside Food Programs in Portland, Maine works to reduce food insecurity by rescuing surplus food and turning it into nutritious community meals, grocery distribution and mobile food pantries. As Kitchen Manager, Eric Bufo coordinates meal preparation and leads volunteers who cook, serve, and share food with care and dignity. Volunteers, especially seniors, play a vital role in helping us nourish thousands of neighbors each week while building a stronger, more connected community.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Rec Camp & Open Swim w board NO LAPS
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
December Vacation Camp
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
ABF swim club
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Rec Girls 1-2 Practice- Calligan & Daniels
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
3/4 Boys Rec Basketball Practice- Chateauneuf
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Shooting Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Rec BB Setup
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday January 3, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 9am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Saturdays at 9am Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: BOYS Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere.During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. The score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools (day/time TBA once teams are formed) and have one game on Saturday mornings at The Community Center. Practices will begin the week of November 10. A game schedule will be provided at your team’s first practice. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. The fee includes a team shirt. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov . Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 6:30pm-7:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th (Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: GIRLS Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere.During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. The score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools (day/time TBA once teams are formed) and have one game on Saturday mornings at The Community Center. Practices will begin the week of November 10. A game schedule will be provided at your team’s first practice. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. The fee includes a team shirt. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov . Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 6:30pm-7:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th (Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Boys The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. The score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Practice will begin the week of November 10th. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov. Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 7:30-8:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th(Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Girls The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. The score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Practice will begin the week of November 10th. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov. Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 7:30-8:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th(Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 9:45 AM
|
FREE ZUMBA CLASS
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9:30am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Saturday at 9:30am Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 10am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 10am OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Saturdays at 10am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball: Session 2 South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - JANUARY SATURDAYS Strength and weight training are absolutely critical as one gets older. This class will teach you the best exercises to do, and how to do them with proper form so you get results and avoid injuries. You will learn what to do at the gym, or to just strength train at home with minimal equipment. Beginners will learn how to start, and intermediates will learn how to improve. Emphasis on strength, posture and balance. Please bring a mat!
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmers 3-Development of Swimming Strokes - Saturday at 10:30am Mini 3 is designed for children ages 3-5, and is built on the skills learned in Mini 1 & 2. Instructors will provide additional guided practice of basic aquatic skills with a goal of gaining more proficiency with swimming at greater distances with varied strokes. Skills taught at this level will include: streamlined blast offs, front crawl with rhythmic breathing and proper body positioning, elementary backstroke arms, the ability to roll over to swim greater distances and for safety, back floating, as well as sitting/kneeling dives. A good portion of this class will be spent in deeper water with a focus on safety skills. When these students turn 6 years old and enter Progressive Youth Swim Lessons, they may be recommended to go to Level 2 or 3, based on their skill set, comfort in deep water and their full understanding of pool safety rules and willingness to pay attention and participate in the class.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 11am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 11am Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Saturdays at 11am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Saturdays at 11:30am This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 1:55 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 5-6) - 5th-6th Boys Basketball DATES UPDATED 9.25.2025- Change from Brochure The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. The score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Teams will practice 1-2 times per week (space dependent) at local schools or SPCC and Redbank. Practices will begin the week of November 17th. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. Games will be played on Saturday mornings and afternoons at nearby towns, Scarborough & Cape Elizabeth, so travel is required. A game schedule will be provided at the beginning of November. Deadline: November 3rd If you are interested in coaching, please get in touch with Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
Sunday January 4, 2026
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball Over 40 - SUNDAYS DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:45 AM
|
HOOP MAGIC - Hoop Magic This program is for boys and girls in grades K – 1. By rotating through stations, we will teach the children the basics in passing, dribbling, shooting, and defense. Participants will spend the majority of their time in stations learning the basic skills and will be wrapping up each station by playing fun games that help use the skills learned that day. Depending on numbers, sessions may need to be combined. Minimum of 12/maximum of 25. Cost includes a t-shirt.Instructors: SPHS Varsity Brianne Maloney along with SPHS basketball player volunteers.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Beginner Lessons - Beginner Pickleball Lessons January Sundays This program is designed to help you get off the couch and on to a pickleball court near you. Come learn from a veteran racket sport instructor, David Cousins. David will teach participants the basic rules and skills of pickleball. This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with other beginner and advanced beginner players.Items to Bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson.TRUE BEGINNERS ONLY.Pre-registration is required. No Senior Discount available.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
South Portland Winter Farmers Market
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 10:15am OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 10:15am Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Sundays at 10:15am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Sundays at 11am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Sundays at 11am This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Sundays at 11am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improvers Pickleball Lessons January Sundays This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Redbank Community Center - Min 8 / Max 12.South Portland Community Center – Min 10 / Max 24.South Portland High School Courts - Min 6 / Max 8.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Sundays at 11:30am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sunday at 11:30am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sunday at 12pm (group 1) For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sunday at 12pm (group 2) For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 12pm Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Sundays at 12pm Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 1:45 PM
|
Youth Basketball Open Gym (K-12) - Youth Open Gym (K-12) Stop by and play some hoops with your friends or family!
Children under the age of 12 must be accompanied by an adult. Adults playing with their child do not need to pay.
Basketballs provided.
No foul language.
No outside shoes on court. Please bring separate pair of sneakers to change into.
No team practices.
Must follow all rules and regulations of the facility.
50 person max.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Sunday at 12:30pm (group 1) Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Sunday at 12:30pm (group 2) Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 3:45 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball Over 30 - SUNDAYS DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:30 PM
|
Adult Swim Lessons-for Beginners - Winter Session-Group 1 at 4pm We are offering Beginner Swim Lessons for Adult Swimmers (for ages 14+). These skill-appropriate classes are offered to promote comfort and fundamentals while working through stroke development and proficiency. Beginners will focus on basics such as getting comfortable in the water, front and back floats, treading water, and introductory strokes. We will strive for efficiency in the water, the ability to create your own workout, and the comfort to swim laps at your own pace.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
SPLL Juniors Training
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Adult Volleyball Open Gym - Volleyball Drop in @ SPCC SOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS SUNDAYS October 6 - May 44:00 PM – 6:00 PMCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Adult Swim Lessons-for Beginners - Winter Session-Group 1 at 4:30pm We are offering Beginner Swim Lessons for Adult Swimmers (for ages 14+). These skill-appropriate classes are offered to promote comfort and fundamentals while working through stroke development and proficiency. Beginners will focus on basics such as getting comfortable in the water, front and back floats, treading water, and introductory strokes. We will strive for efficiency in the water, the ability to create your own workout, and the comfort to swim laps at your own pace.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - WEEKEND Class-Sundays at 5pm We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
Monday January 5, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 8AM Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 25Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ Redbank We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 9AM Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 25Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
PUZZLE CLUB - PUZZLE CLUB Are you looking for a new way to dive further into your obsession with jigsaw puzzles! We have just the thing for you! Puzzle Club is a great way to meet new puzzle lovers, learn new skills and strategies, and do even more puzzles! Come to the senior center and enjoy a morning of quiet puzzle making, 100-500 piece puzzles only (provided or bring your own) or work on bigger puzzles on the puzzle table.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
MONTHLY BIRTHDAY CELEBRATIONS - MONTHLY BIRTHDAY CELEBRATIONS Monthly birthday celebrations with cakes, cupcakes or treats and birthday bags for you if it is your birthday month! Come celebrate with others when it is their birthday month and invite others to come celebrate with you when it is your month! Please register for food and birthday bag purposes. Thank you!
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - MONDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 4:30 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Maine Senior Games Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
3:15 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Pleasant Mountain group
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Youth Hip Hop Dance - Hip Hop: Winter 1 In this fun, 45 minute class, dancers will learn the basics of hip hop dance, an energetic and aerobic dance form that will keep you moving!Please wear comfortable clothing that you can move well in, wear clean sneakers and bring a water bottle. Please have longer hair tied back away from the face.Min 4/ Max 14*Scholarships available- Application linked below*No program on federal holidays
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
ZUMBA - EXERCISE IN DISGUISE! - ZUMBA MONDAYS - JANUARY Group exercise classes that blend rhythmic Latin, and contemporary music with work at your own level dance moves. Easy to follow choreography focusing on all elements of fitness, cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance to make getting in shape more fun than ever while forgetting you’re even exercising! Various class routines will build on toning. Use of 1lb weights optional.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Lap Swim
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Lauze- High School Rec Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
SPHS Project Grad Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Basketball Leagues - Monday League - Winter Adult Basketball League Format8 regular season gamesPlayoffs 10 team seeded single elimination.5v5, 1 female and 1 male must be on the court for each teamRoster minimum of 8 players, max of 12 including 1 female and 1 male playerTwo - 20 minute halvesMen shots inside 3 point arc = 1 point, Outside arc = 2 pointsFemale shots inside 3 point arc = 2 points, Outside arc = 3 pointsRules are based off of the MPA rulesParticipants must be at least 18 years old and out of High school.Captains, once you register please email Whitney at wdorsett@southportland.govwith your team name and roster. She will create your team in MyRec. FREE AGENTS - Please register under whichever night you would like to play. Please select the free agent group. Free agents will be placed on teams on a first come, first served basis. YOU MUST HAVE BOTH YOUR SOPO ACCOUNT GENERAL AND CANCEL EMAIL OPTIONS AT "YES" TO RECEIVE LEAGUE EMAILS.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Red Basketball Practice- Kierstead
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Yin Yoga - Yin Yoga Winter 1 Yin YogaYin yoga is a Slow-paced, meditative and deeply restorative style of yoga that targets the deeper connective tissues of the body, such as the fascia, ligaments and tendons. Yin Yoga involves holding passive postures for 1-5min to allow the body to deeply relax and open up. Yin is effective for improving flexibility in areas often ignored in more active forms of exercise, such as the hips, pelvis, lower spine and knees. Min 4/ Max 12Instructor: Michelle Moody Adshead 500RYT and Reiki Master
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:45 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday January 6, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - MORNING Class-Tuesdays at 8am We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 9:00am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
NEW! COLORING FOR CALM - NEW! COLORING FOR CALM Coloring time involves the mindful and creative activity of coloring in books with complex designs, which promotes a meditative state, reduces stress, improves focus, and enhances fine motor skills, offering a low-pressure, self-soothing form of relaxation. It's a restorative activity that provides a quiet, low-stakes way to disengage from daily pressures and reconnect with the present moment. Coloring books and colored pencils provided. Feel free to bring your own as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
NEW! OPEN BOARD GAME TIME - NEW! OPEN BOARD GAME TIME Come to the Senior Drop in Center on Tuesdays mornings and play board games! We have cribbage, Scrabble, Boggle, Yahtzee, Rumikub, word games and more! Bring your own board game if you like!
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Tuesdays at 9:30am Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
|
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - JAN. TUESDAYS Strength and weight training are absolutely critical as one gets older. This class will teach you the best exercises to do, and how to do them with proper form so you get results and avoid injuries. You will learn what to do at the gym, or to just strength train at home with minimal equipment. Beginners will learn how to start, and intermediates will learn how to improve. Emphasis on strength, posture and balance. Please bring a mat!
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
SP OOST Network Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Storytime - Redbank Storytime The South Portland Youth Librarians will be hosting story and song time at Redbank Community Center on Tuesdays. The librarians will be reading stories and leading fun family songs. This program is free. If you have an questions about the program please reach out to Jessica Milton at jmilton@southportland.org.Also on Tuesdays from 9am to 11am at Redbank we also host a preschool open play (POP) program in the gym. This program is $4 for South Portland resident families and $5 for Non-Resident families. You may leave and return to the POP program to attend storytime.Children 12 years of age and younger must be accompanied by an adult.No Program on Federal Holidays
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG TUESDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
TEA & TALK - TEA & TALK Pop into the SPCC Senior Drop in Center Tuesday afternoons from 1:00-2:00p.m. to enjoy some light refreshments and tea. A variety of teas will be served in our fancy china tea cups and tea pots. There’s always plenty to talk about!
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Vitality T'ai Chi for Seniors - T'ai Chi Tuesdays - T'AI CHI TUESDAYS - JANUARY This program incorporates “T’ai Chi Moving for Better Balance”, an 8 posture standing form, with elements of Musical T’ai Chi which uses periods of seated movement; both practices will be integrated by learning the Great Breathing technique from Shaolin & Chinese Medicine. The musical background will be calming, peaceful and yet invigorating as the play element in T’ai Chi will be emphasized. Instructor, Michael Elliott is a 49 year practitioner.Tuesdays T'ai Chi is held two Tuesdays a month offered on the dates listed.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:45 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM
|
Mix it Up! - Mix it Up! January Mix it up! is a co-ed group strength training class utilizing various methods of training as well as a variety of exercises and equipment. The class is designed for all ages and all fitness levels. On Tuesdays, we kick up the intensity a little bit and incorporate interval training. Thursday’s focus is on total body strength training. Mix it Up! is easy to follow and will make you sweat.
(Maximum of 25) Please note this adult class will only allow a 10% Senior Discount.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
1-2 Boys Rec basketball Practice- Kenney
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Lost Valley chaperone meeting
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Tuesdays at 6pm Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmers 3-Development of Swimming Strokes - Tuesdays at 6pm Mini 3 is designed for children ages 3-5, and is built on the skills learned in Mini 1 & 2. Instructors will provide additional guided practice of basic aquatic skills with a goal of gaining more proficiency with swimming at greater distances with varied strokes. Skills taught at this level will include: streamlined blast offs, front crawl with rhythmic breathing and proper body positioning, elementary backstroke arms, the ability to roll over to swim greater distances and for safety, back floating, as well as sitting/kneeling dives. A good portion of this class will be spent in deeper water with a focus on safety skills. When these students turn 6 years old and enter Progressive Youth Swim Lessons, they may be recommended to go to Level 2 or 3, based on their skill set, comfort in deep water and their full understanding of pool safety rules and willingness to pay attention and participate in the class.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Tuesdays at 6pm This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Shooting Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball League - High School Rec Basketball League Registration Deadline Monday December 8th- After this all registrations will go to a wait list and be added if room is available.
League Philosophy South Portland Parks & Recreation runs a recreational High School aged basketball league for players in the Southern Maine community. The main purpose of this league is to provide a safe environment where players have the opportunity to participate in a competitive program. In addition to the league rules, we feel strongly that all players should have the chance to participate, and that player development, not winning, should be the ultimate goal.The objective of this league from a recreational standpoint shall be:
To instruct players in the rules, techniques and principles of basketball while helping to develop the physical, social and emotional needs of each player.
To develop spirit of fair play and sportsmanship for the betterment of youth sports
Remembering that these games are for the players, not the adults.
League DetailsThis league provides an opportunity for any student in grades 9-12 not playing on their school team to play basketball this winter. High school players can make their own teams however each team must have a qualified coach. Coaches must be 21, complete a volunteer coach’s application and are subject to a criminal background check. The coach will submit the roster to Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov Each player on the roster must be registered through South Portland recreation. All games and practices are weeknights (schedule TBA). All players and coaches must complete a Code of Conduct Form to participate in this league.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $400(covers cost of officials for season) Team SponsorIf you or someone you know is interested in sponsoring a team, please complete the registration steps using the registration link. When submitting your application please use the required notes section to identify the team by name or coaches name. Once you have completed payment please email bmaloney@southportland.gov with your company logo for printing. SCHOLARSHIPS ARE AVAILABLE- For South Portland Residents Only, See linked scholarship application below.Game Dates: Tuesday Nights 6pm, 7pm & 8pm Game TimesWeek 1: 1/6/26Week 2: 1/13/26Week 3: 1/20/26Week 4: 1/27/26Week 5: 2/3/26Week 6: 2/10/26Week 7: 2/17/26Week 8: 2/24/26Week 9 ( Playoffs) 3/3/26Week 10 (Playoffs) 3/10/26Week 11 ( Playoffs- If Needed) 3/17/2026
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball League - High School Rec Basketball League- Outside Organization Registration Deadline Monday December 8th- After this all registrations will go to a wait list and be added if room is available.
League Philosophy South Portland Parks & Recreation runs a recreational High School aged basketball league for players in the Southern Maine community. The main purpose of this league is to provide a safe environment where players have the opportunity to participate in a competitive program. In addition to the league rules, we feel strongly that all players should have the chance to participate, and that player development, not winning, should be the ultimate goal.The objective of this league from a recreational standpoint shall be:
To instruct players in the rules, techniques and principles of basketball while helping to develop the physical, social and emotional needs of each player.
To develop spirit of fair play and sportsmanship for the betterment of youth sports
Remembering that these games are for the players, not the adults.
League DetailsThis league provides an opportunity for any student in grades 9-12 not playing on their school team to play basketball this winter. High school players can make their own teams however each team must have a qualified coach. Coaches must be 21, complete a volunteer coach’s application and are subject to a criminal background check. The coach will submit the roster to Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov Each player on the roster must be registered through South Portland recreation. All games and practices are weeknights (schedule TBA). All players and coaches must complete a Code of Conduct Form to participate in this league.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $400(covers cost of officials for season) Team SponsorIf you or someone you know is interested in sponsoring a team, please complete the registration steps using the registration link. When submitting your application please use the required notes section to identify the team by name or coaches name. Once you have completed payment please email bmaloney@southportland.gov with your company logo for printing. SCHOLARSHIPS ARE AVAILABLE- For South Portland Residents Only, See linked scholarship application below.Game Dates: Tuesday Nights 6pm, 7pm & 8pm Game TimesWeek 1: 1/6/26Week 2: 1/13/26Week 3: 1/20/26Week 4: 1/27/26Week 5: 2/3/26Week 6: 2/10/26Week 7: 2/17/26Week 8: 2/24/26Week 9 ( Playoffs) 3/3/26Week 10 (Playoffs) 3/10/26Week 11 ( Playoffs- If Needed) 3/17/2026
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 6:30pm (group 1) For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 6:30pm (group 2) For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday January 7, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ Redbank We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Wednesday at 9:00am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:15 AM
|
GENTLE YOGA - Gentle Yoga Winter 1 Whether it's your first time or you've been taking yoga for years, this class will meet you right where you are. Martha emphasizes safe and effective alignment principles as she leads you through a sequence of yoga postures connecting the breath with body movement. Her goal for every class is that you leave feeling stronger, more flexible, balanced and happy!Min 5/ Max 25
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
MEXICAN TRAIN DOMINOS - MEXICAN TRAIN DOMINOS Come learn and play this fun and exciting game of Mexican Train dominoes! It is a long game but so much fun!
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Wednesdays at 9:30am This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
|
BRIDGE - BRIDGE Drop into the SPCC Senior Drop in Center Wednesday mornings from 9:30-11:30a.m. to play bridge.
|
|
|
|
|
10:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Beginner Line Dancing - Beginner Line Dancing Winter 1 Join our beginner line dancing classes! Learn the basics step-by-step in a fun, supportive atmosphere. No partner needed. Get ready to groove to different music styles and feel confident hitting the dance floor!(No Senior Discount)Min 4 / Max 20Instructor: Linda Peters
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:30 PM
|
TRIVIA TIME - TRIVIA TIME Do you love trivia? Come to the Senior Drop in Center every Wednesday afternoon for trivia time! No teams, no prizes, just trivia, trivia, trivia. Each week we will come up with different trivia topics to test your knowledge! Light refreshments provided.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:15 PM
|
Rhythmic Gymnastics - Rhythmic Gymnastics: Winter 1 Welcome to Rhythmic Gymnastics!Hi everyone! I’m Asya, and I’ll be guiding you through today’s class. I’m thrilled to share my passion for rhythmic gymnastics with all of you. In addition to teaching here at the rec center, I also own and run my own professional rhythmic gymnastics school. At Maine Rhythmic Gymnastics athletes train from beginner levels all the way to competition.Whether this is your first time picking up a ribbon or hoop, or you’re looking to improve your flexibility, coordination, and confidence, you’re in the right place! My goal is for everyone to have fun, feel challenged in a supportive environment, and fall in love with the art and athleticism of rhythmic gymnastics.Rhythmic Gymnastics for RecreationOur recreational rhythmic gymnastics classes help kids build flexibility, strength, andcoordination while having fun! Students gain confidence, focus, and teamwork skills as they learn to move gracefully with ribbons, hoops, and balls. These classes also encourage creativity, self-expression, and a love of movement—laying a strong foundation for future training.Min 4/Max 12Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Twinkling Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Rising Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
High School Red Basketball Practice- Coastal Elite
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
3rd & 4th Grade Rec Basketball - Bowden Thunder
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Lap Swim
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 7-8) - 7-8th GRADE BASKETBALL: BOYS Registration Deadline Monday December 8th- After this all registrations will go to a wait list and be added if room is available. League DetailsThis informal program is designed to give middle school players an opportunity to stay active this winter through games and scrimmages. South Portland plans to invite Gorham, Cape, and other neighboring towns to schedule games against. There will be 9 regular season games and 2 weeks of playoffs based on the number of teams. Pre-Season Coaches Meeting week of December 15th, All coaches are REQUIRED to attend.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $400 ( covers cost of officials for season) Team SponsorIf you or someone you know is interested in sponsoring a team, please complete the registration steps using the registration link. When submitting your application please use the required notes section to identify the team by name or coaches name. Once you have completed payment please email bmaloney@southportland.gov with your company logo for printing. Scholarships available- Application linked belowGame Dates: Wednesday Nights 6pm, 7pm & 8pm Game TimesWeek 1: 1/7/26Week 2: 1/14/26Week 3: 1/21/26Week 4: 1/28/26Week 5: 2/4/26Week 6: 2/11/26Week 7: 2/18/26Week 8: 2/25/26Week 9 ( Playoffs) 3/4/26Week 10 (Playoffs) 3/11/25Week 11 ( Playoffs- If Needed) 3/18/2026
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 7-8) - 7-8th GRADE BASKETBALL: GIRLS Registration Deadline Monday December 8th- After this all registrations will go to a wait list and be added if room is available. League DetailsThis informal program is designed to give middle school players an opportunity to stay active this winter through games and scrimmages. South Portland plans to invite Gorham, Cape, and other neighboring towns to schedule games against. There will be 9 regular season games and 2 weeks of playoffs based on the number of teams. Pre-Season Coaches Meeting week of December 15th, All coaches are REQUIRED to attend.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $400 ( covers cost of officials for season) Team SponsorIf you or someone you know is interested in sponsoring a team, please complete the registration steps using the registration link. When submitting your application please use the required notes section to identify the team by name or coaches name. Once you have completed payment please email bmaloney@southportland.gov with your company logo for printing. Scholarships available- Application linked belowGame Dates: Wednesday Nights 6pm, 7pm & 8pm Game TimesWeek 1: 1/7/26Week 2: 1/14/26Week 3: 1/21/26Week 4: 1/28/26Week 5: 2/4/26Week 6: 2/11/26Week 7: 2/18/26Week 8: 2/25/26Week 9 ( Playoffs) 3/4/26Week 10 (Playoffs) 3/11/25Week 11 ( Playoffs- If Needed) 3/18/2026
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Shining Stars D2 South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym - WEDNESDAYS DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday January 8, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 8AM Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 25Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Thursdays at 9am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Thursday at 9:00am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 9AM Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 25Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
CREATE & CHAT - CREATE & CHAT Do you like to knit, sew, crochet? Do you enjoy watercolor painting? Please bring whatever you are working on and join fellow crafters/knitters/crocheters/painters (anything will do!) as we chat and share our ideas, tips and projects with each other. Stay for the entire time or come and go anytime you please! Bring a cushion!
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Thursdays at 9:30am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Thursdays at 9:30am Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
SPHS Swim Club & Open Swim (NO LAPS)
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
UNIFIED SPORTS - Unified Sports Drop-in Thursdays 10a Unified Sports Drop In ProgramThis inclusive drop in program combines individuals with and without intellectual and physical disabilities to participate together in a variety of sports. Unified Sports is fun way to develop motor skills and teamwork while also fostering acceptance and creating new friendships among participants along the way. Basketball, pickleball, kickball, dodgeball, floor hockey, badminton, flag football, cornhole, soccer and more!Max of 30
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM
|
DANCE FIT - DANCE FIT - JANUARY Dance Fit is a low-medium impact dance infused workout that spans all genres of music and dance styles. Dance Fit is similar to Zumba and other dance fitness programs, offering a fun and engaging way to improve cardio fitness, strength, and coordination. Dance Fit classes are designed to be accessible to people of all ages and fitness levels, encouraging participants to just move and enjoy the music.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - THURSDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
HAND & FOOT - HAND & FOOT THURSDAYS Drop in one or two afternoons a week to play Hand & Foot on Mondays & Thursdays in the Senior Drop In Center!
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Interviews - Facilities
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS First Team BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM
|
Mix it Up! - Mix it Up! January Mix it up! is a co-ed group strength training class utilizing various methods of training as well as a variety of exercises and equipment. The class is designed for all ages and all fitness levels. On Tuesdays, we kick up the intensity a little bit and incorporate interval training. Thursday’s focus is on total body strength training. Mix it Up! is easy to follow and will make you sweat.
(Maximum of 25) Please note this adult class will only allow a 10% Senior Discount.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
5/6 Girls Rec Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
5-6 Boys Rec Basketball Practice - Baukus
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Thursdays at 6pm OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Thursdays at 6pm Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Thursdays at 6pm OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Thursdays at 6pm Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Dobson
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Aloes
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Yoga: Mindful Movement - Yoga: Mindful Movement Winter 1 YOGA: MINDFUL MOVEMENTLet’s get strong, calm and connected! Mindful movement with Liz Merci is a blend of meditation, deep breathing, gentle/restorative, vinyasa and hatha yoga expertly woven together to create a joyful journey on the yoga mat for all levels of practitioners! Liz is known for her fun, creative, inspiring sequences that will guide you to connect to the body and make space for self-compassion. This class is adaptable and accessible to all adults.About Liz: born & raised in Maine! She’s been practicing yoga for over 15 years and teaching since 2018. She has studied vinyasa yoga, trauma informed yoga, awakening yoga, meditation, Ayurveda, restorative yoga, mobility and functional movement. She loves to walk the green belt while listening to a podcast. She has her bachelor’s degree in public health from UMass Amherst and served in the Peace Corps! Min 5 / Max 20Drop In Rate: $12.00 Meet Liz online : lizmerci.com
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Hychko
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Jenisch
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 8:45 PM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - EVENING Class-Thursdays at 8pm We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Pralicz
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Red Basketball Practice- Cooke
|
|
|
|
|
Friday January 9, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Beginner Lessons - Beginner Pickleball Lessons January Fridays This program is designed to help you get off the couch and on to a pickleball court near you. Come learn from a veteran racket sport instructor, David Cousins. David will teach participants the basic rules and skills of pickleball. This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with other beginner and advanced beginner players.Items to Bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson.TRUE BEGINNERS ONLY.Pre-registration is required. No Senior Discount available.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improvers Pickleball Lessons January Fridays This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Redbank Community Center - Min 8 / Max 12.South Portland Community Center – Min 10 / Max 24.South Portland High School Courts - Min 6 / Max 8.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - JAN. FRIDAYS Strength and weight training are absolutely critical as one gets older. This class will teach you the best exercises to do, and how to do them with proper form so you get results and avoid injuries. You will learn what to do at the gym, or to just strength train at home with minimal equipment. Beginners will learn how to start, and intermediates will learn how to improve. Emphasis on strength, posture and balance. Please bring a mat!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG FRIDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
ZUMBA - EXERCISE IN DISGUISE! - ZUMBA FRIDAYS - JANUARY Group exercise classes that blend rhythmic Latin, and contemporary music with work at your own level dance moves. Easy to follow choreography focusing on all elements of fitness, cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance to make getting in shape more fun than ever while forgetting you’re even exercising! Various class routines will build on toning. Use of 1lb weights optional.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
OUT TO LUNCH BUNCH (LEVEL 1) - OUT TO LUNCH BUNCH (LEVEL 1) Join us a couple times for a trip to some unusual, popular, out of the way, or plain old ordinary dining experiences. Please make sure to bring your money for lunch & gratuity.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
1:45 PM - 3:15 PM
|
SENIOR CORNHOLE - SENIOR CORNHOLE Come join us to play Cornhole at the South Portland Community Center! Please try to pre-register before attending the program. Drop-ins always welcome! SEE NOTES, CALENDAR AND SCHEDULE FOR NO CORN HOLE DATES.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Meet v Waynefleet 3-7pm
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS First Team BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Karate Kids - Karate Kids- Winter 1 Students in this class will learn the basic strikes, blocks, kicks and stances used in karate training. This fundamental training also strengthens and prepares the body for the more difficult techniques ahead in one’s training. In addition to developing physical fitness, self-defense and safety skills, our karate program also helps your child build confidence, focus and respect for oneself and others.Instructor: Dragon Fire Martial ArtsMin 10/Max 25*No Class on November 28th 2025Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Shooting Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Rec BB Setup
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday January 10, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 9am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Saturdays at 9am Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: BOYS Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere.During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. The score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools (day/time TBA once teams are formed) and have one game on Saturday mornings at The Community Center. Practices will begin the week of November 10. A game schedule will be provided at your team’s first practice. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. The fee includes a team shirt. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov . Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 6:30pm-7:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th (Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: GIRLS Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere.During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. The score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools (day/time TBA once teams are formed) and have one game on Saturday mornings at The Community Center. Practices will begin the week of November 10. A game schedule will be provided at your team’s first practice. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. The fee includes a team shirt. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov . Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 6:30pm-7:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th (Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Boys The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. The score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Practice will begin the week of November 10th. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov. Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 7:30-8:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th(Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Girls The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. The score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Practice will begin the week of November 10th. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov. Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 7:30-8:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th(Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9:30am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Saturday at 9:30am Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 10am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 10am OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Saturdays at 10am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball: Session 2 South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - JANUARY SATURDAYS Strength and weight training are absolutely critical as one gets older. This class will teach you the best exercises to do, and how to do them with proper form so you get results and avoid injuries. You will learn what to do at the gym, or to just strength train at home with minimal equipment. Beginners will learn how to start, and intermediates will learn how to improve. Emphasis on strength, posture and balance. Please bring a mat!
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmers 3-Development of Swimming Strokes - Saturday at 10:30am Mini 3 is designed for children ages 3-5, and is built on the skills learned in Mini 1 & 2. Instructors will provide additional guided practice of basic aquatic skills with a goal of gaining more proficiency with swimming at greater distances with varied strokes. Skills taught at this level will include: streamlined blast offs, front crawl with rhythmic breathing and proper body positioning, elementary backstroke arms, the ability to roll over to swim greater distances and for safety, back floating, as well as sitting/kneeling dives. A good portion of this class will be spent in deeper water with a focus on safety skills. When these students turn 6 years old and enter Progressive Youth Swim Lessons, they may be recommended to go to Level 2 or 3, based on their skill set, comfort in deep water and their full understanding of pool safety rules and willingness to pay attention and participate in the class.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 11am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 11am Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Saturdays at 11am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Saturdays at 11:30am This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Resereved
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 5-6) - 5th-6th Boys Basketball DATES UPDATED 9.25.2025- Change from Brochure The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. The score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Teams will practice 1-2 times per week (space dependent) at local schools or SPCC and Redbank. Practices will begin the week of November 17th. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. Games will be played on Saturday mornings and afternoons at nearby towns, Scarborough & Cape Elizabeth, so travel is required. A game schedule will be provided at the beginning of November. Deadline: November 3rd If you are interested in coaching, please get in touch with Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Resereved
|
|
|
|
|
Sunday January 11, 2026
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball Over 40 - SUNDAYS DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:45 AM
|
HOOP MAGIC - Hoop Magic This program is for boys and girls in grades K – 1. By rotating through stations, we will teach the children the basics in passing, dribbling, shooting, and defense. Participants will spend the majority of their time in stations learning the basic skills and will be wrapping up each station by playing fun games that help use the skills learned that day. Depending on numbers, sessions may need to be combined. Minimum of 12/maximum of 25. Cost includes a t-shirt.Instructors: SPHS Varsity Brianne Maloney along with SPHS basketball player volunteers.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Beginner Lessons - Beginner Pickleball Lessons January Sundays This program is designed to help you get off the couch and on to a pickleball court near you. Come learn from a veteran racket sport instructor, David Cousins. David will teach participants the basic rules and skills of pickleball. This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with other beginner and advanced beginner players.Items to Bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson.TRUE BEGINNERS ONLY.Pre-registration is required. No Senior Discount available.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
South Portland Winter Farmers Market
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 10:15am OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 10:15am Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Sundays at 10:15am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Sundays at 11am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Sundays at 11am This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Sundays at 11am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Tiny Tykes Soccer Magic - Tiny Tykes Winter 2: Cubs TinyTykes is where your child’s soccer journey begins — and the adventure never stops!Through the magic of soccer and storytelling, TinyTykes introduces kids to the beautiful game in a fun, imaginative, and nurturing environment. While learning the basics — like what a soccer ball is and how to move with it — children will also build essential motor skills, confidence, and social connections with their teammates.From superhero flights across Soccer City to awesome adventures on the magic farm — every class is filled with laughter, learning, and energy. TinyTykes isn’t just their first soccer class — it’s the start of a lifelong love for play, teamwork, and sport! Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improvers Pickleball Lessons January Sundays This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Redbank Community Center - Min 8 / Max 12.South Portland Community Center – Min 10 / Max 24.South Portland High School Courts - Min 6 / Max 8.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Sundays at 11:30am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sunday at 11:30am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sunday at 12pm (group 1) For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sunday at 12pm (group 2) For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 12pm Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Sundays at 12pm Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Tiny Tykes Soccer Magic - Tiny Tykes Winter 2: Lions TinyTykes is where your child’s soccer journey begins — and the adventure never stops!Through the magic of soccer and storytelling, TinyTykes introduces kids to the beautiful game in a fun, imaginative, and nurturing environment. While learning the basics — like what a soccer ball is and how to move with it — children will also build essential motor skills, confidence, and social connections with their teammates.From superhero flights across Soccer City to awesome adventures on the magic farm — every class is filled with laughter, learning, and energy. TinyTykes isn’t just their first soccer class — it’s the start of a lifelong love for play, teamwork, and sport! Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 1:45 PM
|
Youth Basketball Open Gym (K-12) - Youth Open Gym (K-12) Stop by and play some hoops with your friends or family!
Children under the age of 12 must be accompanied by an adult. Adults playing with their child do not need to pay.
Basketballs provided.
No foul language.
No outside shoes on court. Please bring separate pair of sneakers to change into.
No team practices.
Must follow all rules and regulations of the facility.
50 person max.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Sunday at 12:30pm (group 1) Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Sunday at 12:30pm (group 2) Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Challenger Sports Futsal - Futsal: Winter 2 Challenger Sports is an organization of soccer educators who through their futsal program want to bring the flair and passion of Brazilian Soccer to North America.Many of Brazil's top soccer players grew up playing Futsal which helped them develop incredible foot skills and quick decision-making.The Challenger Futsal Coaches will help your players learn and practice these specialized skills along with teaching them about improvisation, creativity, ball control, and small space passing.Our program offers the perfect setting for long-term development! Many world-class footballers played Futsal in their youth and recognize the part it played on their journey.Players of the caliber of Pele, Zico, Ronaldinho, Neymar, Lionel Messi to name but a few of the South American legends all played and enjoyed Futsal.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 3:45 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball Over 30 - SUNDAYS DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:30 PM
|
Adult Swim Lessons-for Beginners - Winter Session-Group 1 at 4pm We are offering Beginner Swim Lessons for Adult Swimmers (for ages 14+). These skill-appropriate classes are offered to promote comfort and fundamentals while working through stroke development and proficiency. Beginners will focus on basics such as getting comfortable in the water, front and back floats, treading water, and introductory strokes. We will strive for efficiency in the water, the ability to create your own workout, and the comfort to swim laps at your own pace.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
SPLL Juniors Training
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Adult Volleyball Open Gym - Volleyball Drop in @ SPCC SOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS SUNDAYS October 6 - May 44:00 PM – 6:00 PMCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Adult Swim Lessons-for Beginners - Winter Session-Group 1 at 4:30pm We are offering Beginner Swim Lessons for Adult Swimmers (for ages 14+). These skill-appropriate classes are offered to promote comfort and fundamentals while working through stroke development and proficiency. Beginners will focus on basics such as getting comfortable in the water, front and back floats, treading water, and introductory strokes. We will strive for efficiency in the water, the ability to create your own workout, and the comfort to swim laps at your own pace.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - WEEKEND Class-Sundays at 5pm We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
Monday January 12, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 8AM Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 25Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ Redbank We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 9AM Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 25Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
JUST FOR FUN BINGO - JUST FOR FUN BINGO Come to the Senior Drop in Center on scheduled Mondays of each month to play some fun Bingo games. Just good, plain fun, light refreshments provided. Imaginary prizes like trips around the world!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
PUZZLE CLUB - PUZZLE CLUB Are you looking for a new way to dive further into your obsession with jigsaw puzzles! We have just the thing for you! Puzzle Club is a great way to meet new puzzle lovers, learn new skills and strategies, and do even more puzzles! Come to the senior center and enjoy a morning of quiet puzzle making, 100-500 piece puzzles only (provided or bring your own) or work on bigger puzzles on the puzzle table.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - MONDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
HAND & FOOT - HAND & FOOT MONDAYS Drop in one or two afternoons a week to play Hand & Foot on Mondays & Thursdays in the Senior Drop In Center!
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 4:30 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Youth Hip Hop Dance - Hip Hop: Winter 1 In this fun, 45 minute class, dancers will learn the basics of hip hop dance, an energetic and aerobic dance form that will keep you moving!Please wear comfortable clothing that you can move well in, wear clean sneakers and bring a water bottle. Please have longer hair tied back away from the face.Min 4/ Max 14*Scholarships available- Application linked below*No program on federal holidays
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
ZUMBA - EXERCISE IN DISGUISE! - ZUMBA MONDAYS - JANUARY Group exercise classes that blend rhythmic Latin, and contemporary music with work at your own level dance moves. Easy to follow choreography focusing on all elements of fitness, cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance to make getting in shape more fun than ever while forgetting you’re even exercising! Various class routines will build on toning. Use of 1lb weights optional.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Rip Tide Swim Club - Winter 2026 Session Rip Tide Swim Club is designed for swimmers ages 8 (by the start date) through 14 who are looking to build endurance and improve their stroke technique. this program will provide an introduction to competitive swimming in a fun and relaxed atmosphere. In order to join the RTSC a swimmer must have completed an evaluation and/or have approval from the head coach. Our goal is to inspire a love of the water and foster enjoyment of this life long sport. Please email questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.orgSwimmers who have not been involved with RTSC in the last year must attend the evaluation night or their registration will be removed.FALL Session Evaluation: Monday, September 22nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Lauze- High School Rec Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Cheer Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Basketball Leagues - Monday League - Winter Adult Basketball League Format8 regular season gamesPlayoffs 10 team seeded single elimination.5v5, 1 female and 1 male must be on the court for each teamRoster minimum of 8 players, max of 12 including 1 female and 1 male playerTwo - 20 minute halvesMen shots inside 3 point arc = 1 point, Outside arc = 2 pointsFemale shots inside 3 point arc = 2 points, Outside arc = 3 pointsRules are based off of the MPA rulesParticipants must be at least 18 years old and out of High school.Captains, once you register please email Whitney at wdorsett@southportland.govwith your team name and roster. She will create your team in MyRec. FREE AGENTS - Please register under whichever night you would like to play. Please select the free agent group. Free agents will be placed on teams on a first come, first served basis. YOU MUST HAVE BOTH YOUR SOPO ACCOUNT GENERAL AND CANCEL EMAIL OPTIONS AT "YES" TO RECEIVE LEAGUE EMAILS.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Red Basketball Practice- Kierstead
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rip Tide PLUS Swim Club - Winter 2026 Session RIP TIDE PLUS is for Middle School age swimmers ONLY who can swim roughly 1200 meters per practice. Each practice is made up of roughly 50% conditioning and 50% technique work, so technique should be solid in all four competitive strokes prior to entering this group. Please email any questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.org
ALL Swimmers who did not participate in the RT PLUS program within the last year, must attend an Evaluation Night.FALL Session Evaluation: Monday, September 22nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Yin Yoga - Yin Yoga Winter 1 Yin YogaYin yoga is a Slow-paced, meditative and deeply restorative style of yoga that targets the deeper connective tissues of the body, such as the fascia, ligaments and tendons. Yin Yoga involves holding passive postures for 1-5min to allow the body to deeply relax and open up. Yin is effective for improving flexibility in areas often ignored in more active forms of exercise, such as the hips, pelvis, lower spine and knees. Min 4/ Max 12Instructor: Michelle Moody Adshead 500RYT and Reiki Master
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:45 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday January 13, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - MORNING Class-Tuesdays at 8am We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Red Cross Blood Drive
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 9:00am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
NEW! COLORING FOR CALM - NEW! COLORING FOR CALM Coloring time involves the mindful and creative activity of coloring in books with complex designs, which promotes a meditative state, reduces stress, improves focus, and enhances fine motor skills, offering a low-pressure, self-soothing form of relaxation. It's a restorative activity that provides a quiet, low-stakes way to disengage from daily pressures and reconnect with the present moment. Coloring books and colored pencils provided. Feel free to bring your own as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
NEW! OPEN BOARD GAME TIME - NEW! OPEN BOARD GAME TIME Come to the Senior Drop in Center on Tuesdays mornings and play board games! We have cribbage, Scrabble, Boggle, Yahtzee, Rumikub, word games and more! Bring your own board game if you like!
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Tuesdays at 9:30am Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
|
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - JAN. TUESDAYS Strength and weight training are absolutely critical as one gets older. This class will teach you the best exercises to do, and how to do them with proper form so you get results and avoid injuries. You will learn what to do at the gym, or to just strength train at home with minimal equipment. Beginners will learn how to start, and intermediates will learn how to improve. Emphasis on strength, posture and balance. Please bring a mat!
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
UKULELE SING-A-LONGS - UKULELE SING-A-LONGS New! Join Ray Glass and few friends from the Jolly Ukes for a fun hour of sing-a-long songs! In December we will be singing Christmas Carols!
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Storytime - Redbank Storytime The South Portland Youth Librarians will be hosting story and song time at Redbank Community Center on Tuesdays. The librarians will be reading stories and leading fun family songs. This program is free. If you have an questions about the program please reach out to Jessica Milton at jmilton@southportland.org.Also on Tuesdays from 9am to 11am at Redbank we also host a preschool open play (POP) program in the gym. This program is $4 for South Portland resident families and $5 for Non-Resident families. You may leave and return to the POP program to attend storytime.Children 12 years of age and younger must be accompanied by an adult.No Program on Federal Holidays
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG TUESDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
TEA & TALK - TEA & TALK Pop into the SPCC Senior Drop in Center Tuesday afternoons from 1:00-2:00p.m. to enjoy some light refreshments and tea. A variety of teas will be served in our fancy china tea cups and tea pots. There’s always plenty to talk about!
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM
|
Mix it Up! - Mix it Up! January Mix it up! is a co-ed group strength training class utilizing various methods of training as well as a variety of exercises and equipment. The class is designed for all ages and all fitness levels. On Tuesdays, we kick up the intensity a little bit and incorporate interval training. Thursday’s focus is on total body strength training. Mix it Up! is easy to follow and will make you sweat.
(Maximum of 25) Please note this adult class will only allow a 10% Senior Discount.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
1-2 Boys Rec basketball Practice- Kenney
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Tuesdays at 6pm Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmers 3-Development of Swimming Strokes - Tuesdays at 6pm Mini 3 is designed for children ages 3-5, and is built on the skills learned in Mini 1 & 2. Instructors will provide additional guided practice of basic aquatic skills with a goal of gaining more proficiency with swimming at greater distances with varied strokes. Skills taught at this level will include: streamlined blast offs, front crawl with rhythmic breathing and proper body positioning, elementary backstroke arms, the ability to roll over to swim greater distances and for safety, back floating, as well as sitting/kneeling dives. A good portion of this class will be spent in deeper water with a focus on safety skills. When these students turn 6 years old and enter Progressive Youth Swim Lessons, they may be recommended to go to Level 2 or 3, based on their skill set, comfort in deep water and their full understanding of pool safety rules and willingness to pay attention and participate in the class.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Tuesdays at 6pm This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Shooting Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball League - High School Rec Basketball League Registration Deadline Monday December 8th- After this all registrations will go to a wait list and be added if room is available.
League Philosophy South Portland Parks & Recreation runs a recreational High School aged basketball league for players in the Southern Maine community. The main purpose of this league is to provide a safe environment where players have the opportunity to participate in a competitive program. In addition to the league rules, we feel strongly that all players should have the chance to participate, and that player development, not winning, should be the ultimate goal.The objective of this league from a recreational standpoint shall be:
To instruct players in the rules, techniques and principles of basketball while helping to develop the physical, social and emotional needs of each player.
To develop spirit of fair play and sportsmanship for the betterment of youth sports
Remembering that these games are for the players, not the adults.
League DetailsThis league provides an opportunity for any student in grades 9-12 not playing on their school team to play basketball this winter. High school players can make their own teams however each team must have a qualified coach. Coaches must be 21, complete a volunteer coach’s application and are subject to a criminal background check. The coach will submit the roster to Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov Each player on the roster must be registered through South Portland recreation. All games and practices are weeknights (schedule TBA). All players and coaches must complete a Code of Conduct Form to participate in this league.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $400(covers cost of officials for season) Team SponsorIf you or someone you know is interested in sponsoring a team, please complete the registration steps using the registration link. When submitting your application please use the required notes section to identify the team by name or coaches name. Once you have completed payment please email bmaloney@southportland.gov with your company logo for printing. SCHOLARSHIPS ARE AVAILABLE- For South Portland Residents Only, See linked scholarship application below.Game Dates: Tuesday Nights 6pm, 7pm & 8pm Game TimesWeek 1: 1/6/26Week 2: 1/13/26Week 3: 1/20/26Week 4: 1/27/26Week 5: 2/3/26Week 6: 2/10/26Week 7: 2/17/26Week 8: 2/24/26Week 9 ( Playoffs) 3/3/26Week 10 (Playoffs) 3/10/26Week 11 ( Playoffs- If Needed) 3/17/2026
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball League - High School Rec Basketball League- Outside Organization Registration Deadline Monday December 8th- After this all registrations will go to a wait list and be added if room is available.
League Philosophy South Portland Parks & Recreation runs a recreational High School aged basketball league for players in the Southern Maine community. The main purpose of this league is to provide a safe environment where players have the opportunity to participate in a competitive program. In addition to the league rules, we feel strongly that all players should have the chance to participate, and that player development, not winning, should be the ultimate goal.The objective of this league from a recreational standpoint shall be:
To instruct players in the rules, techniques and principles of basketball while helping to develop the physical, social and emotional needs of each player.
To develop spirit of fair play and sportsmanship for the betterment of youth sports
Remembering that these games are for the players, not the adults.
League DetailsThis league provides an opportunity for any student in grades 9-12 not playing on their school team to play basketball this winter. High school players can make their own teams however each team must have a qualified coach. Coaches must be 21, complete a volunteer coach’s application and are subject to a criminal background check. The coach will submit the roster to Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov Each player on the roster must be registered through South Portland recreation. All games and practices are weeknights (schedule TBA). All players and coaches must complete a Code of Conduct Form to participate in this league.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $400(covers cost of officials for season) Team SponsorIf you or someone you know is interested in sponsoring a team, please complete the registration steps using the registration link. When submitting your application please use the required notes section to identify the team by name or coaches name. Once you have completed payment please email bmaloney@southportland.gov with your company logo for printing. SCHOLARSHIPS ARE AVAILABLE- For South Portland Residents Only, See linked scholarship application below.Game Dates: Tuesday Nights 6pm, 7pm & 8pm Game TimesWeek 1: 1/6/26Week 2: 1/13/26Week 3: 1/20/26Week 4: 1/27/26Week 5: 2/3/26Week 6: 2/10/26Week 7: 2/17/26Week 8: 2/24/26Week 9 ( Playoffs) 3/3/26Week 10 (Playoffs) 3/10/26Week 11 ( Playoffs- If Needed) 3/17/2026
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 6:30pm (group 1) For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 6:30pm (group 2) For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday January 14, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ Redbank We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Wednesday at 9:00am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:15 AM
|
GENTLE YOGA - Gentle Yoga Winter 1 Whether it's your first time or you've been taking yoga for years, this class will meet you right where you are. Martha emphasizes safe and effective alignment principles as she leads you through a sequence of yoga postures connecting the breath with body movement. Her goal for every class is that you leave feeling stronger, more flexible, balanced and happy!Min 5/ Max 25
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
MEXICAN TRAIN DOMINOS - MEXICAN TRAIN DOMINOS Come learn and play this fun and exciting game of Mexican Train dominoes! It is a long game but so much fun!
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Wednesdays at 9:30am This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
|
SOuth Portland Leadership Academy Admin Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
|
BRIDGE - BRIDGE Drop into the SPCC Senior Drop in Center Wednesday mornings from 9:30-11:30a.m. to play bridge.
|
|
|
|
|
10:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Beginner Line Dancing - Beginner Line Dancing Winter 1 Join our beginner line dancing classes! Learn the basics step-by-step in a fun, supportive atmosphere. No partner needed. Get ready to groove to different music styles and feel confident hitting the dance floor!(No Senior Discount)Min 4 / Max 20Instructor: Linda Peters
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Wellness Program - In Person Class
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:30 PM
|
TRIVIA TIME - TRIVIA TIME Do you love trivia? Come to the Senior Drop in Center every Wednesday afternoon for trivia time! No teams, no prizes, just trivia, trivia, trivia. Each week we will come up with different trivia topics to test your knowledge! Light refreshments provided.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:15 PM
|
Rhythmic Gymnastics - Rhythmic Gymnastics: Winter 1 Welcome to Rhythmic Gymnastics!Hi everyone! I’m Asya, and I’ll be guiding you through today’s class. I’m thrilled to share my passion for rhythmic gymnastics with all of you. In addition to teaching here at the rec center, I also own and run my own professional rhythmic gymnastics school. At Maine Rhythmic Gymnastics athletes train from beginner levels all the way to competition.Whether this is your first time picking up a ribbon or hoop, or you’re looking to improve your flexibility, coordination, and confidence, you’re in the right place! My goal is for everyone to have fun, feel challenged in a supportive environment, and fall in love with the art and athleticism of rhythmic gymnastics.Rhythmic Gymnastics for RecreationOur recreational rhythmic gymnastics classes help kids build flexibility, strength, andcoordination while having fun! Students gain confidence, focus, and teamwork skills as they learn to move gracefully with ribbons, hoops, and balls. These classes also encourage creativity, self-expression, and a love of movement—laying a strong foundation for future training.Min 4/Max 12Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Twinkling Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Rising Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Rip Tide Swim Club - Winter 2026 Session Rip Tide Swim Club is designed for swimmers ages 8 (by the start date) through 14 who are looking to build endurance and improve their stroke technique. this program will provide an introduction to competitive swimming in a fun and relaxed atmosphere. In order to join the RTSC a swimmer must have completed an evaluation and/or have approval from the head coach. Our goal is to inspire a love of the water and foster enjoyment of this life long sport. Please email questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.orgSwimmers who have not been involved with RTSC in the last year must attend the evaluation night or their registration will be removed.FALL Session Evaluation: Monday, September 22nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
High School Red Basketball Practice- Coastal Elite
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
3rd & 4th Grade Rec Basketball - Bowden Thunder
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 7-8) - 7-8th GRADE BASKETBALL: BOYS Registration Deadline Monday December 8th- After this all registrations will go to a wait list and be added if room is available. League DetailsThis informal program is designed to give middle school players an opportunity to stay active this winter through games and scrimmages. South Portland plans to invite Gorham, Cape, and other neighboring towns to schedule games against. There will be 9 regular season games and 2 weeks of playoffs based on the number of teams. Pre-Season Coaches Meeting week of December 15th, All coaches are REQUIRED to attend.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $400 ( covers cost of officials for season) Team SponsorIf you or someone you know is interested in sponsoring a team, please complete the registration steps using the registration link. When submitting your application please use the required notes section to identify the team by name or coaches name. Once you have completed payment please email bmaloney@southportland.gov with your company logo for printing. Scholarships available- Application linked belowGame Dates: Wednesday Nights 6pm, 7pm & 8pm Game TimesWeek 1: 1/7/26Week 2: 1/14/26Week 3: 1/21/26Week 4: 1/28/26Week 5: 2/4/26Week 6: 2/11/26Week 7: 2/18/26Week 8: 2/25/26Week 9 ( Playoffs) 3/4/26Week 10 (Playoffs) 3/11/25Week 11 ( Playoffs- If Needed) 3/18/2026
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 7-8) - 7-8th GRADE BASKETBALL: GIRLS Registration Deadline Monday December 8th- After this all registrations will go to a wait list and be added if room is available. League DetailsThis informal program is designed to give middle school players an opportunity to stay active this winter through games and scrimmages. South Portland plans to invite Gorham, Cape, and other neighboring towns to schedule games against. There will be 9 regular season games and 2 weeks of playoffs based on the number of teams. Pre-Season Coaches Meeting week of December 15th, All coaches are REQUIRED to attend.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $400 ( covers cost of officials for season) Team SponsorIf you or someone you know is interested in sponsoring a team, please complete the registration steps using the registration link. When submitting your application please use the required notes section to identify the team by name or coaches name. Once you have completed payment please email bmaloney@southportland.gov with your company logo for printing. Scholarships available- Application linked belowGame Dates: Wednesday Nights 6pm, 7pm & 8pm Game TimesWeek 1: 1/7/26Week 2: 1/14/26Week 3: 1/21/26Week 4: 1/28/26Week 5: 2/4/26Week 6: 2/11/26Week 7: 2/18/26Week 8: 2/25/26Week 9 ( Playoffs) 3/4/26Week 10 (Playoffs) 3/11/25Week 11 ( Playoffs- If Needed) 3/18/2026
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rip Tide PLUS Swim Club - Winter 2026 Session RIP TIDE PLUS is for Middle School age swimmers ONLY who can swim roughly 1200 meters per practice. Each practice is made up of roughly 50% conditioning and 50% technique work, so technique should be solid in all four competitive strokes prior to entering this group. Please email any questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.org
ALL Swimmers who did not participate in the RT PLUS program within the last year, must attend an Evaluation Night.FALL Session Evaluation: Monday, September 22nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Shining Stars D2 South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym - WEDNESDAYS DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday January 15, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 8AM Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 25Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Thursdays at 9am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Thursday at 9:00am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 9AM Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 25Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
CREATE & CHAT - CREATE & CHAT Do you like to knit, sew, crochet? Do you enjoy watercolor painting? Please bring whatever you are working on and join fellow crafters/knitters/crocheters/painters (anything will do!) as we chat and share our ideas, tips and projects with each other. Stay for the entire time or come and go anytime you please! Bring a cushion!
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Thursdays at 9:30am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Thursdays at 9:30am Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
UNIFIED SPORTS - Unified Sports Drop-in Thursdays 10a Unified Sports Drop In ProgramThis inclusive drop in program combines individuals with and without intellectual and physical disabilities to participate together in a variety of sports. Unified Sports is fun way to develop motor skills and teamwork while also fostering acceptance and creating new friendships among participants along the way. Basketball, pickleball, kickball, dodgeball, floor hockey, badminton, flag football, cornhole, soccer and more!Max of 30
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM
|
DANCE FIT - DANCE FIT - JANUARY Dance Fit is a low-medium impact dance infused workout that spans all genres of music and dance styles. Dance Fit is similar to Zumba and other dance fitness programs, offering a fun and engaging way to improve cardio fitness, strength, and coordination. Dance Fit classes are designed to be accessible to people of all ages and fitness levels, encouraging participants to just move and enjoy the music.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - THURSDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
HAND & FOOT - HAND & FOOT THURSDAYS Drop in one or two afternoons a week to play Hand & Foot on Mondays & Thursdays in the Senior Drop In Center!
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 9:00 PM
|
DINNER & I LOVED, I LOST, I ATE SPAGHETTI? AT FOOTLIGHTS THEATRE (LEVEL 1) - DINNER & I LOVED, I LOST, I ATE SPAGHETTI? AT FOOTLIGHTS THEATRE (LEVEL 1) Giulia is a single New Yorker who really knows how to deliver in the one room where it counts -- the kitchen. Based on Giulia Melucci’s bestselling memoir, this sizzling comedy serves up big laughs, bold flavors, and the messy, mouthwatering quest for Mr. Right. This deliciously funny story of food, flings, and figuring it out will be a hilarious way to start the new year! Dinner in the Senior Center before the show.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM
|
Mix it Up! - Mix it Up! January Mix it up! is a co-ed group strength training class utilizing various methods of training as well as a variety of exercises and equipment. The class is designed for all ages and all fitness levels. On Tuesdays, we kick up the intensity a little bit and incorporate interval training. Thursday’s focus is on total body strength training. Mix it Up! is easy to follow and will make you sweat.
(Maximum of 25) Please note this adult class will only allow a 10% Senior Discount.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
5/6 Girls Rec Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
5-6 Boys Rec Basketball Practice - Baukus
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Historical Society Lecture
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Thursdays at 6pm OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Thursdays at 6pm Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Thursdays at 6pm OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Thursdays at 6pm Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Dobson
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Aloes
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Yoga: Mindful Movement - Yoga: Mindful Movement Winter 1 YOGA: MINDFUL MOVEMENTLet’s get strong, calm and connected! Mindful movement with Liz Merci is a blend of meditation, deep breathing, gentle/restorative, vinyasa and hatha yoga expertly woven together to create a joyful journey on the yoga mat for all levels of practitioners! Liz is known for her fun, creative, inspiring sequences that will guide you to connect to the body and make space for self-compassion. This class is adaptable and accessible to all adults.About Liz: born & raised in Maine! She’s been practicing yoga for over 15 years and teaching since 2018. She has studied vinyasa yoga, trauma informed yoga, awakening yoga, meditation, Ayurveda, restorative yoga, mobility and functional movement. She loves to walk the green belt while listening to a podcast. She has her bachelor’s degree in public health from UMass Amherst and served in the Peace Corps! Min 5 / Max 20Drop In Rate: $12.00 Meet Liz online : lizmerci.com
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Hychko
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Jenisch
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 8:45 PM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - EVENING Class-Thursdays at 8pm We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Pralicz
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Red Basketball Practice- Cooke
|
|
|
|
|
Friday January 16, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Beginner Lessons - Beginner Pickleball Lessons January Fridays This program is designed to help you get off the couch and on to a pickleball court near you. Come learn from a veteran racket sport instructor, David Cousins. David will teach participants the basic rules and skills of pickleball. This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with other beginner and advanced beginner players.Items to Bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson.TRUE BEGINNERS ONLY.Pre-registration is required. No Senior Discount available.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improvers Pickleball Lessons January Fridays This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Redbank Community Center - Min 8 / Max 12.South Portland Community Center – Min 10 / Max 24.South Portland High School Courts - Min 6 / Max 8.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - JAN. FRIDAYS Strength and weight training are absolutely critical as one gets older. This class will teach you the best exercises to do, and how to do them with proper form so you get results and avoid injuries. You will learn what to do at the gym, or to just strength train at home with minimal equipment. Beginners will learn how to start, and intermediates will learn how to improve. Emphasis on strength, posture and balance. Please bring a mat!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG FRIDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
ZUMBA - EXERCISE IN DISGUISE! - ZUMBA FRIDAYS - JANUARY Group exercise classes that blend rhythmic Latin, and contemporary music with work at your own level dance moves. Easy to follow choreography focusing on all elements of fitness, cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance to make getting in shape more fun than ever while forgetting you’re even exercising! Various class routines will build on toning. Use of 1lb weights optional.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
1:45 PM - 3:15 PM
|
SENIOR CORNHOLE - SENIOR CORNHOLE Come join us to play Cornhole at the South Portland Community Center! Please try to pre-register before attending the program. Drop-ins always welcome! SEE NOTES, CALENDAR AND SCHEDULE FOR NO CORN HOLE DATES.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Meet v Deering/Portland 3-7pm
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS First Team BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Karate Kids - Karate Kids- Winter 1 Students in this class will learn the basic strikes, blocks, kicks and stances used in karate training. This fundamental training also strengthens and prepares the body for the more difficult techniques ahead in one’s training. In addition to developing physical fitness, self-defense and safety skills, our karate program also helps your child build confidence, focus and respect for oneself and others.Instructor: Dragon Fire Martial ArtsMin 10/Max 25*No Class on November 28th 2025Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Shooting Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Rec BB Setup
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday January 17, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 9am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Saturdays at 9am Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Beginner Watercolor Sketch Booking - Beginner Watercolor Sketch Booking: Birds Beginner Watercolor Sketch Booking: BirdsThis five class series will teach beginners how to complete bird sketches with ink and watercolor. No experience needed. We will be learning how to use gestures and value to effectively capture an image or scene. Beginner Watercolor Sketch Booking: Still LifeThis five class series will teach beginners how to create loose watercolor still life sketches using multiple techniques including line drawings, as well as value based drawings. We will explore how to work both quickly and slowly at sketches. Beginner Watercolor Sketch Booking: FlowersThis five class series will teach beginners how to make watercolor sketches of garden and wild flower scenes as well as individual flowers. No experience needed. Supplies are included in class. Min 4 / Max 14Instructor: Joan QuinnNo Senior Discount
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: BOYS Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere.During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. The score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools (day/time TBA once teams are formed) and have one game on Saturday mornings at The Community Center. Practices will begin the week of November 10. A game schedule will be provided at your team’s first practice. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. The fee includes a team shirt. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov . Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 6:30pm-7:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th (Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: GIRLS Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere.During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. The score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools (day/time TBA once teams are formed) and have one game on Saturday mornings at The Community Center. Practices will begin the week of November 10. A game schedule will be provided at your team’s first practice. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. The fee includes a team shirt. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov . Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 6:30pm-7:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th (Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Boys The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. The score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Practice will begin the week of November 10th. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov. Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 7:30-8:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th(Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Girls The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. The score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Practice will begin the week of November 10th. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov. Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 7:30-8:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th(Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9:30am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Saturday at 9:30am Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 10am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 10am OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Saturdays at 10am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball: Session 2 South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - JANUARY SATURDAYS Strength and weight training are absolutely critical as one gets older. This class will teach you the best exercises to do, and how to do them with proper form so you get results and avoid injuries. You will learn what to do at the gym, or to just strength train at home with minimal equipment. Beginners will learn how to start, and intermediates will learn how to improve. Emphasis on strength, posture and balance. Please bring a mat!
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Winter Art For Kids - Winter Art For Kids In this four week program, we will celebrate winter by creating winter-themed art! We will make paper snowflakes, paper plate snowmen, paint wintry scenes, penguin paper bag puppets, Valentines, and more.min 5 /max 15Instructor: Lindsay Larsen
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmers 3-Development of Swimming Strokes - Saturday at 10:30am Mini 3 is designed for children ages 3-5, and is built on the skills learned in Mini 1 & 2. Instructors will provide additional guided practice of basic aquatic skills with a goal of gaining more proficiency with swimming at greater distances with varied strokes. Skills taught at this level will include: streamlined blast offs, front crawl with rhythmic breathing and proper body positioning, elementary backstroke arms, the ability to roll over to swim greater distances and for safety, back floating, as well as sitting/kneeling dives. A good portion of this class will be spent in deeper water with a focus on safety skills. When these students turn 6 years old and enter Progressive Youth Swim Lessons, they may be recommended to go to Level 2 or 3, based on their skill set, comfort in deep water and their full understanding of pool safety rules and willingness to pay attention and participate in the class.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Beginner Soft Pastel - Beginner Soft Pastel: Birds Beginner Soft Pastel: Celebration of Seasons: This five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to draw and paint landscapes. No experience needed. We will be learning about value, composition, and color while enjoying the beauty of painting New England fall, winter and spring scenes.Beginner Soft Pastel: Abstracts: This five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to create abstracts using a structured approach by simplifying a representational drawing to essence. We will be using soft pastel, graphite, and charcoal. Beginner Soft Pastel: AnimalsThis five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to draw and paint animals such as cats, dogs, pigs and bears. In addition, students will learn how to use pastels to achieve both a sketch and finished painting look. All classes will include step-by-step instructions. No experience needed. Supplies are included in class. Instructor: Joan Quinn
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 11am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 11am Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Saturdays at 11am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Saturdays at 11:30am This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 1:55 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 4:30 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 5-6) - 5th-6th Boys Basketball DATES UPDATED 9.25.2025- Change from Brochure The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. The score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Teams will practice 1-2 times per week (space dependent) at local schools or SPCC and Redbank. Practices will begin the week of November 17th. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. Games will be played on Saturday mornings and afternoons at nearby towns, Scarborough & Cape Elizabeth, so travel is required. A game schedule will be provided at the beginning of November. Deadline: November 3rd If you are interested in coaching, please get in touch with Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
Sunday January 18, 2026
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball Over 40 - SUNDAYS DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:45 AM
|
HOOP MAGIC - Hoop Magic This program is for boys and girls in grades K – 1. By rotating through stations, we will teach the children the basics in passing, dribbling, shooting, and defense. Participants will spend the majority of their time in stations learning the basic skills and will be wrapping up each station by playing fun games that help use the skills learned that day. Depending on numbers, sessions may need to be combined. Minimum of 12/maximum of 25. Cost includes a t-shirt.Instructors: SPHS Varsity Brianne Maloney along with SPHS basketball player volunteers.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Beginner Lessons - Beginner Pickleball Lessons January Sundays This program is designed to help you get off the couch and on to a pickleball court near you. Come learn from a veteran racket sport instructor, David Cousins. David will teach participants the basic rules and skills of pickleball. This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with other beginner and advanced beginner players.Items to Bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson.TRUE BEGINNERS ONLY.Pre-registration is required. No Senior Discount available.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
South Portland Winter Farmers Market
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 10:15am OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 10:15am Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Sundays at 10:15am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Sundays at 11am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Sundays at 11am This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Sundays at 11am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Tiny Tykes Soccer Magic - Tiny Tykes Winter 2: Cubs TinyTykes is where your child’s soccer journey begins — and the adventure never stops!Through the magic of soccer and storytelling, TinyTykes introduces kids to the beautiful game in a fun, imaginative, and nurturing environment. While learning the basics — like what a soccer ball is and how to move with it — children will also build essential motor skills, confidence, and social connections with their teammates.From superhero flights across Soccer City to awesome adventures on the magic farm — every class is filled with laughter, learning, and energy. TinyTykes isn’t just their first soccer class — it’s the start of a lifelong love for play, teamwork, and sport! Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improvers Pickleball Lessons January Sundays This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Redbank Community Center - Min 8 / Max 12.South Portland Community Center – Min 10 / Max 24.South Portland High School Courts - Min 6 / Max 8.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Sundays at 11:30am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sunday at 11:30am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sunday at 12pm (group 1) For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sunday at 12pm (group 2) For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 12pm Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Sundays at 12pm Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Tiny Tykes Soccer Magic - Tiny Tykes Winter 2: Lions TinyTykes is where your child’s soccer journey begins — and the adventure never stops!Through the magic of soccer and storytelling, TinyTykes introduces kids to the beautiful game in a fun, imaginative, and nurturing environment. While learning the basics — like what a soccer ball is and how to move with it — children will also build essential motor skills, confidence, and social connections with their teammates.From superhero flights across Soccer City to awesome adventures on the magic farm — every class is filled with laughter, learning, and energy. TinyTykes isn’t just their first soccer class — it’s the start of a lifelong love for play, teamwork, and sport! Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 1:45 PM
|
Youth Basketball Open Gym (K-12) - Youth Open Gym (K-12) Stop by and play some hoops with your friends or family!
Children under the age of 12 must be accompanied by an adult. Adults playing with their child do not need to pay.
Basketballs provided.
No foul language.
No outside shoes on court. Please bring separate pair of sneakers to change into.
No team practices.
Must follow all rules and regulations of the facility.
50 person max.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Sunday at 12:30pm (group 1) Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Sunday at 12:30pm (group 2) Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Challenger Sports Futsal - Futsal: Winter 2 Challenger Sports is an organization of soccer educators who through their futsal program want to bring the flair and passion of Brazilian Soccer to North America.Many of Brazil's top soccer players grew up playing Futsal which helped them develop incredible foot skills and quick decision-making.The Challenger Futsal Coaches will help your players learn and practice these specialized skills along with teaching them about improvisation, creativity, ball control, and small space passing.Our program offers the perfect setting for long-term development! Many world-class footballers played Futsal in their youth and recognize the part it played on their journey.Players of the caliber of Pele, Zico, Ronaldinho, Neymar, Lionel Messi to name but a few of the South American legends all played and enjoyed Futsal.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 3:45 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball Over 30 - SUNDAYS DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:30 PM
|
Adult Swim Lessons-for Beginners - Winter Session-Group 1 at 4pm We are offering Beginner Swim Lessons for Adult Swimmers (for ages 14+). These skill-appropriate classes are offered to promote comfort and fundamentals while working through stroke development and proficiency. Beginners will focus on basics such as getting comfortable in the water, front and back floats, treading water, and introductory strokes. We will strive for efficiency in the water, the ability to create your own workout, and the comfort to swim laps at your own pace.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
SPLL Juniors Training
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Adult Volleyball Open Gym - Volleyball Drop in @ SPCC SOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS SUNDAYS October 6 - May 44:00 PM – 6:00 PMCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Adult Swim Lessons-for Beginners - Winter Session-Group 1 at 4:30pm We are offering Beginner Swim Lessons for Adult Swimmers (for ages 14+). These skill-appropriate classes are offered to promote comfort and fundamentals while working through stroke development and proficiency. Beginners will focus on basics such as getting comfortable in the water, front and back floats, treading water, and introductory strokes. We will strive for efficiency in the water, the ability to create your own workout, and the comfort to swim laps at your own pace.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - WEEKEND Class-Sundays at 5pm We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday January 20, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - MORNING Class-Tuesdays at 8am We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 9:00am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
NEW! COLORING FOR CALM - NEW! COLORING FOR CALM Coloring time involves the mindful and creative activity of coloring in books with complex designs, which promotes a meditative state, reduces stress, improves focus, and enhances fine motor skills, offering a low-pressure, self-soothing form of relaxation. It's a restorative activity that provides a quiet, low-stakes way to disengage from daily pressures and reconnect with the present moment. Coloring books and colored pencils provided. Feel free to bring your own as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
NEW! OPEN BOARD GAME TIME - NEW! OPEN BOARD GAME TIME Come to the Senior Drop in Center on Tuesdays mornings and play board games! We have cribbage, Scrabble, Boggle, Yahtzee, Rumikub, word games and more! Bring your own board game if you like!
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Tuesdays at 9:30am Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
|
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - JAN. TUESDAYS Strength and weight training are absolutely critical as one gets older. This class will teach you the best exercises to do, and how to do them with proper form so you get results and avoid injuries. You will learn what to do at the gym, or to just strength train at home with minimal equipment. Beginners will learn how to start, and intermediates will learn how to improve. Emphasis on strength, posture and balance. Please bring a mat!
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Storytime - Redbank Storytime The South Portland Youth Librarians will be hosting story and song time at Redbank Community Center on Tuesdays. The librarians will be reading stories and leading fun family songs. This program is free. If you have an questions about the program please reach out to Jessica Milton at jmilton@southportland.org.Also on Tuesdays from 9am to 11am at Redbank we also host a preschool open play (POP) program in the gym. This program is $4 for South Portland resident families and $5 for Non-Resident families. You may leave and return to the POP program to attend storytime.Children 12 years of age and younger must be accompanied by an adult.No Program on Federal Holidays
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
PRW Safety Meetings
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG TUESDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
TEA & TALK - TEA & TALK Pop into the SPCC Senior Drop in Center Tuesday afternoons from 1:00-2:00p.m. to enjoy some light refreshments and tea. A variety of teas will be served in our fancy china tea cups and tea pots. There’s always plenty to talk about!
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Vitality T'ai Chi for Seniors - T'ai Chi Tuesdays - T'AI CHI TUESDAYS - JANUARY This program incorporates “T’ai Chi Moving for Better Balance”, an 8 posture standing form, with elements of Musical T’ai Chi which uses periods of seated movement; both practices will be integrated by learning the Great Breathing technique from Shaolin & Chinese Medicine. The musical background will be calming, peaceful and yet invigorating as the play element in T’ai Chi will be emphasized. Instructor, Michael Elliott is a 49 year practitioner.Tuesdays T'ai Chi is held two Tuesdays a month offered on the dates listed.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM
|
Mix it Up! - Mix it Up! January Mix it up! is a co-ed group strength training class utilizing various methods of training as well as a variety of exercises and equipment. The class is designed for all ages and all fitness levels. On Tuesdays, we kick up the intensity a little bit and incorporate interval training. Thursday’s focus is on total body strength training. Mix it Up! is easy to follow and will make you sweat.
(Maximum of 25) Please note this adult class will only allow a 10% Senior Discount.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
1-2 Boys Rec basketball Practice- Kenney
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:45 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Tuesdays at 6pm Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmers 3-Development of Swimming Strokes - Tuesdays at 6pm Mini 3 is designed for children ages 3-5, and is built on the skills learned in Mini 1 & 2. Instructors will provide additional guided practice of basic aquatic skills with a goal of gaining more proficiency with swimming at greater distances with varied strokes. Skills taught at this level will include: streamlined blast offs, front crawl with rhythmic breathing and proper body positioning, elementary backstroke arms, the ability to roll over to swim greater distances and for safety, back floating, as well as sitting/kneeling dives. A good portion of this class will be spent in deeper water with a focus on safety skills. When these students turn 6 years old and enter Progressive Youth Swim Lessons, they may be recommended to go to Level 2 or 3, based on their skill set, comfort in deep water and their full understanding of pool safety rules and willingness to pay attention and participate in the class.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Tuesdays at 6pm This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Shooting Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball League - High School Rec Basketball League Registration Deadline Monday December 8th- After this all registrations will go to a wait list and be added if room is available.
League Philosophy South Portland Parks & Recreation runs a recreational High School aged basketball league for players in the Southern Maine community. The main purpose of this league is to provide a safe environment where players have the opportunity to participate in a competitive program. In addition to the league rules, we feel strongly that all players should have the chance to participate, and that player development, not winning, should be the ultimate goal.The objective of this league from a recreational standpoint shall be:
To instruct players in the rules, techniques and principles of basketball while helping to develop the physical, social and emotional needs of each player.
To develop spirit of fair play and sportsmanship for the betterment of youth sports
Remembering that these games are for the players, not the adults.
League DetailsThis league provides an opportunity for any student in grades 9-12 not playing on their school team to play basketball this winter. High school players can make their own teams however each team must have a qualified coach. Coaches must be 21, complete a volunteer coach’s application and are subject to a criminal background check. The coach will submit the roster to Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov Each player on the roster must be registered through South Portland recreation. All games and practices are weeknights (schedule TBA). All players and coaches must complete a Code of Conduct Form to participate in this league.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $400(covers cost of officials for season) Team SponsorIf you or someone you know is interested in sponsoring a team, please complete the registration steps using the registration link. When submitting your application please use the required notes section to identify the team by name or coaches name. Once you have completed payment please email bmaloney@southportland.gov with your company logo for printing. SCHOLARSHIPS ARE AVAILABLE- For South Portland Residents Only, See linked scholarship application below.Game Dates: Tuesday Nights 6pm, 7pm & 8pm Game TimesWeek 1: 1/6/26Week 2: 1/13/26Week 3: 1/20/26Week 4: 1/27/26Week 5: 2/3/26Week 6: 2/10/26Week 7: 2/17/26Week 8: 2/24/26Week 9 ( Playoffs) 3/3/26Week 10 (Playoffs) 3/10/26Week 11 ( Playoffs- If Needed) 3/17/2026
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball League - High School Rec Basketball League- Outside Organization Registration Deadline Monday December 8th- After this all registrations will go to a wait list and be added if room is available.
League Philosophy South Portland Parks & Recreation runs a recreational High School aged basketball league for players in the Southern Maine community. The main purpose of this league is to provide a safe environment where players have the opportunity to participate in a competitive program. In addition to the league rules, we feel strongly that all players should have the chance to participate, and that player development, not winning, should be the ultimate goal.The objective of this league from a recreational standpoint shall be:
To instruct players in the rules, techniques and principles of basketball while helping to develop the physical, social and emotional needs of each player.
To develop spirit of fair play and sportsmanship for the betterment of youth sports
Remembering that these games are for the players, not the adults.
League DetailsThis league provides an opportunity for any student in grades 9-12 not playing on their school team to play basketball this winter. High school players can make their own teams however each team must have a qualified coach. Coaches must be 21, complete a volunteer coach’s application and are subject to a criminal background check. The coach will submit the roster to Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov Each player on the roster must be registered through South Portland recreation. All games and practices are weeknights (schedule TBA). All players and coaches must complete a Code of Conduct Form to participate in this league.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $400(covers cost of officials for season) Team SponsorIf you or someone you know is interested in sponsoring a team, please complete the registration steps using the registration link. When submitting your application please use the required notes section to identify the team by name or coaches name. Once you have completed payment please email bmaloney@southportland.gov with your company logo for printing. SCHOLARSHIPS ARE AVAILABLE- For South Portland Residents Only, See linked scholarship application below.Game Dates: Tuesday Nights 6pm, 7pm & 8pm Game TimesWeek 1: 1/6/26Week 2: 1/13/26Week 3: 1/20/26Week 4: 1/27/26Week 5: 2/3/26Week 6: 2/10/26Week 7: 2/17/26Week 8: 2/24/26Week 9 ( Playoffs) 3/3/26Week 10 (Playoffs) 3/10/26Week 11 ( Playoffs- If Needed) 3/17/2026
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 6:30pm (group 1) For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 6:30pm (group 2) For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday January 21, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ Redbank We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Wednesday at 9:00am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:15 AM
|
GENTLE YOGA - Gentle Yoga Winter 1 Whether it's your first time or you've been taking yoga for years, this class will meet you right where you are. Martha emphasizes safe and effective alignment principles as she leads you through a sequence of yoga postures connecting the breath with body movement. Her goal for every class is that you leave feeling stronger, more flexible, balanced and happy!Min 5/ Max 25
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
MEXICAN TRAIN DOMINOS - MEXICAN TRAIN DOMINOS Come learn and play this fun and exciting game of Mexican Train dominoes! It is a long game but so much fun!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:30 PM
|
LET'S GET ACTIVE (LEVEL 3) - LET'S GET ACTIVE (LEVEL 3) Get off the couch and come get active with us! We will go bowling or snowshoeing depending on the weather! We will see what the weather is and if we have snow we will go snowshoeing. If there is no snow we will be off to the bowling alley! The decision on which activity we are going to be doing will be decided a few days ahead of schedule. Snacks provided.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Wednesdays at 9:30am This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
|
BRIDGE - BRIDGE Drop into the SPCC Senior Drop in Center Wednesday mornings from 9:30-11:30a.m. to play bridge.
|
|
|
|
|
10:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Beginner Line Dancing - Beginner Line Dancing Winter 1 Join our beginner line dancing classes! Learn the basics step-by-step in a fun, supportive atmosphere. No partner needed. Get ready to groove to different music styles and feel confident hitting the dance floor!(No Senior Discount)Min 4 / Max 20Instructor: Linda Peters
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:30 PM
|
TRIVIA TIME - TRIVIA TIME Do you love trivia? Come to the Senior Drop in Center every Wednesday afternoon for trivia time! No teams, no prizes, just trivia, trivia, trivia. Each week we will come up with different trivia topics to test your knowledge! Light refreshments provided.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:15 PM
|
Rhythmic Gymnastics - Rhythmic Gymnastics: Winter 1 Welcome to Rhythmic Gymnastics!Hi everyone! I’m Asya, and I’ll be guiding you through today’s class. I’m thrilled to share my passion for rhythmic gymnastics with all of you. In addition to teaching here at the rec center, I also own and run my own professional rhythmic gymnastics school. At Maine Rhythmic Gymnastics athletes train from beginner levels all the way to competition.Whether this is your first time picking up a ribbon or hoop, or you’re looking to improve your flexibility, coordination, and confidence, you’re in the right place! My goal is for everyone to have fun, feel challenged in a supportive environment, and fall in love with the art and athleticism of rhythmic gymnastics.Rhythmic Gymnastics for RecreationOur recreational rhythmic gymnastics classes help kids build flexibility, strength, andcoordination while having fun! Students gain confidence, focus, and teamwork skills as they learn to move gracefully with ribbons, hoops, and balls. These classes also encourage creativity, self-expression, and a love of movement—laying a strong foundation for future training.Min 4/Max 12Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Twinkling Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Collette Iceland Presentation
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Collette Travel - Iceland's Magical Northern Lights Discovery Information Session We're partnering with Collette Travel to offer worry free, fully planned group trips. Iceland's Magical Northern Lights DiscoveryOctober 13 – 19, 2026Full details and itinerary linked below.Ready to register for your trip? Visit Iceland's Magical Northern Lights Discovery with South Portland Parks and Recreation to complete your booking! Contact Jenna Martyn-Fisher with any questions. RSVP below for the free information session!Discover Americas's Music CitiesApril 11 – 18, 2027Full details and itinerary linked below.Ready to register for your trip? Visit Discover America's Music Cities with South Portland Parks and Recreation to complete your booking! Contact Jenna Martyn-Fisher with any questions. A free information session will be scheduled for summer 2026.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Rising Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Historical Society Board Meetings
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Rip Tide Swim Club - Winter 2026 Session Rip Tide Swim Club is designed for swimmers ages 8 (by the start date) through 14 who are looking to build endurance and improve their stroke technique. this program will provide an introduction to competitive swimming in a fun and relaxed atmosphere. In order to join the RTSC a swimmer must have completed an evaluation and/or have approval from the head coach. Our goal is to inspire a love of the water and foster enjoyment of this life long sport. Please email questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.orgSwimmers who have not been involved with RTSC in the last year must attend the evaluation night or their registration will be removed.FALL Session Evaluation: Monday, September 22nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
High School Red Basketball Practice- Coastal Elite
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
3rd & 4th Grade Rec Basketball - Bowden Thunder
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 7-8) - 7-8th GRADE BASKETBALL: BOYS Registration Deadline Monday December 8th- After this all registrations will go to a wait list and be added if room is available. League DetailsThis informal program is designed to give middle school players an opportunity to stay active this winter through games and scrimmages. South Portland plans to invite Gorham, Cape, and other neighboring towns to schedule games against. There will be 9 regular season games and 2 weeks of playoffs based on the number of teams. Pre-Season Coaches Meeting week of December 15th, All coaches are REQUIRED to attend.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $400 ( covers cost of officials for season) Team SponsorIf you or someone you know is interested in sponsoring a team, please complete the registration steps using the registration link. When submitting your application please use the required notes section to identify the team by name or coaches name. Once you have completed payment please email bmaloney@southportland.gov with your company logo for printing. Scholarships available- Application linked belowGame Dates: Wednesday Nights 6pm, 7pm & 8pm Game TimesWeek 1: 1/7/26Week 2: 1/14/26Week 3: 1/21/26Week 4: 1/28/26Week 5: 2/4/26Week 6: 2/11/26Week 7: 2/18/26Week 8: 2/25/26Week 9 ( Playoffs) 3/4/26Week 10 (Playoffs) 3/11/25Week 11 ( Playoffs- If Needed) 3/18/2026
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 7-8) - 7-8th GRADE BASKETBALL: GIRLS Registration Deadline Monday December 8th- After this all registrations will go to a wait list and be added if room is available. League DetailsThis informal program is designed to give middle school players an opportunity to stay active this winter through games and scrimmages. South Portland plans to invite Gorham, Cape, and other neighboring towns to schedule games against. There will be 9 regular season games and 2 weeks of playoffs based on the number of teams. Pre-Season Coaches Meeting week of December 15th, All coaches are REQUIRED to attend.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $400 ( covers cost of officials for season) Team SponsorIf you or someone you know is interested in sponsoring a team, please complete the registration steps using the registration link. When submitting your application please use the required notes section to identify the team by name or coaches name. Once you have completed payment please email bmaloney@southportland.gov with your company logo for printing. Scholarships available- Application linked belowGame Dates: Wednesday Nights 6pm, 7pm & 8pm Game TimesWeek 1: 1/7/26Week 2: 1/14/26Week 3: 1/21/26Week 4: 1/28/26Week 5: 2/4/26Week 6: 2/11/26Week 7: 2/18/26Week 8: 2/25/26Week 9 ( Playoffs) 3/4/26Week 10 (Playoffs) 3/11/25Week 11 ( Playoffs- If Needed) 3/18/2026
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rip Tide PLUS Swim Club - Winter 2026 Session RIP TIDE PLUS is for Middle School age swimmers ONLY who can swim roughly 1200 meters per practice. Each practice is made up of roughly 50% conditioning and 50% technique work, so technique should be solid in all four competitive strokes prior to entering this group. Please email any questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.org
ALL Swimmers who did not participate in the RT PLUS program within the last year, must attend an Evaluation Night.FALL Session Evaluation: Monday, September 22nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Shining Stars D2 South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym - WEDNESDAYS DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday January 22, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 8AM Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 25Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Thursdays at 9am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Thursday at 9:00am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 9AM Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 25Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
CREATE & CHAT - CREATE & CHAT Do you like to knit, sew, crochet? Do you enjoy watercolor painting? Please bring whatever you are working on and join fellow crafters/knitters/crocheters/painters (anything will do!) as we chat and share our ideas, tips and projects with each other. Stay for the entire time or come and go anytime you please! Bring a cushion!
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 12:00 PM
|
RECYCLED PERCUSSION @ MERRILL AUDITORIUM (LEVEL 2) - RECYCLED PERCUSSION @ MERRILL AUDITORIUM (LEVEL 2) Get ready for a musical performance that will have you clapping your hands and stomping your feet as you marvel at what can be done musically with some humble materials. The band gained national fame with their groundbreaking performances on America’s Got Talent. Using everyday objects like power tools, ladders, buckets, and trash cans, this performance is a dynamic mix of drumming, guitar playing, and DJ-spinning, all bended into the recyclable magic of “junk music.”
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Thursdays at 9:30am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Thursdays at 9:30am Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
UNIFIED SPORTS - Unified Sports Drop-in Thursdays 10a Unified Sports Drop In ProgramThis inclusive drop in program combines individuals with and without intellectual and physical disabilities to participate together in a variety of sports. Unified Sports is fun way to develop motor skills and teamwork while also fostering acceptance and creating new friendships among participants along the way. Basketball, pickleball, kickball, dodgeball, floor hockey, badminton, flag football, cornhole, soccer and more!Max of 30
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM
|
DANCE FIT - DANCE FIT - JANUARY Dance Fit is a low-medium impact dance infused workout that spans all genres of music and dance styles. Dance Fit is similar to Zumba and other dance fitness programs, offering a fun and engaging way to improve cardio fitness, strength, and coordination. Dance Fit classes are designed to be accessible to people of all ages and fitness levels, encouraging participants to just move and enjoy the music.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - THURSDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
HAND & FOOT - HAND & FOOT THURSDAYS Drop in one or two afternoons a week to play Hand & Foot on Mondays & Thursdays in the Senior Drop In Center!
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Team
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM
|
Mix it Up! - Mix it Up! January Mix it up! is a co-ed group strength training class utilizing various methods of training as well as a variety of exercises and equipment. The class is designed for all ages and all fitness levels. On Tuesdays, we kick up the intensity a little bit and incorporate interval training. Thursday’s focus is on total body strength training. Mix it Up! is easy to follow and will make you sweat.
(Maximum of 25) Please note this adult class will only allow a 10% Senior Discount.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
5/6 Girls Rec Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
5-6 Boys Rec Basketball Practice - Baukus
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Family Bingo Night - Family Bingo Night- January 2026 Family Bingo Night returns this winter! Don't miss this fun chance for a night of family fun with many opportunities to win prizes!Dates: January 22, February 19, March 19, April 9January prizes will include EARLY REGISTRATION ACCESS FOR SUMMER CAMP!Time: 5:30pm-7:00pm *Pizza will be served at 5:30pm, Bingo runs from 6-7pm, prizes received after last bingo round*Location: South Portland Community Center Casco Bay RoomCost: Resident: $25 per family of up to 4, $5 for additional family memberNon-Resident:$35 per family of up to 4, $5 for additional family member(Please register all family members, discounts will be applied at checkout) Registration fee will include:Pizza and a drinkBingo cards and chips A whole lot of FUN!
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Thursdays at 6pm OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Thursdays at 6pm Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Thursdays at 6pm OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Thursdays at 6pm Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Dobson
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Aloes
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 10:30 PM
|
Red Cross Sheltering Exercise - Marcia Haynes - 603-494-9091 - marsha.haines2@redcross.org
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Yoga: Mindful Movement - Yoga: Mindful Movement Winter 1 YOGA: MINDFUL MOVEMENTLet’s get strong, calm and connected! Mindful movement with Liz Merci is a blend of meditation, deep breathing, gentle/restorative, vinyasa and hatha yoga expertly woven together to create a joyful journey on the yoga mat for all levels of practitioners! Liz is known for her fun, creative, inspiring sequences that will guide you to connect to the body and make space for self-compassion. This class is adaptable and accessible to all adults.About Liz: born & raised in Maine! She’s been practicing yoga for over 15 years and teaching since 2018. She has studied vinyasa yoga, trauma informed yoga, awakening yoga, meditation, Ayurveda, restorative yoga, mobility and functional movement. She loves to walk the green belt while listening to a podcast. She has her bachelor’s degree in public health from UMass Amherst and served in the Peace Corps! Min 5 / Max 20Drop In Rate: $12.00 Meet Liz online : lizmerci.com
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Hychko
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Jenisch
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 8:45 PM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - EVENING Class-Thursdays at 8pm We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Pralicz
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Red Basketball Practice- Cooke
|
|
|
|
|
Friday January 23, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - Max of 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - Max of 24 players at one time.2025/2026 PROGRAM DATES Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 3 – Dec 29 Time: 8:00 – 11:00a Location: Redbank Community Center (max 24)Dates: Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept 2 – Dec 11Time: 6:30 – 8:30pLocation: Redbank Community Center Dates: Mondays – Friday, Sept. 29 – Dec 23 Time: 7:30 – 11:00a Location: South Portland Community Center (Max 40)(No open gym 10/13, 11/3, 11/4, 11/5, 11/11, 11/27, 11/28, 12/24, 12/25) Fee: (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Beginner Lessons - Beginner Pickleball Lessons January Fridays This program is designed to help you get off the couch and on to a pickleball court near you. Come learn from a veteran racket sport instructor, David Cousins. David will teach participants the basic rules and skills of pickleball. This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with other beginner and advanced beginner players.Items to Bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson.TRUE BEGINNERS ONLY.Pre-registration is required. No Senior Discount available.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improvers Pickleball Lessons January Fridays This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Redbank Community Center - Min 8 / Max 12.South Portland Community Center – Min 10 / Max 24.South Portland High School Courts - Min 6 / Max 8.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - JAN. FRIDAYS Strength and weight training are absolutely critical as one gets older. This class will teach you the best exercises to do, and how to do them with proper form so you get results and avoid injuries. You will learn what to do at the gym, or to just strength train at home with minimal equipment. Beginners will learn how to start, and intermediates will learn how to improve. Emphasis on strength, posture and balance. Please bring a mat!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG FRIDAYS Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
ZUMBA - EXERCISE IN DISGUISE! - ZUMBA FRIDAYS - JANUARY Group exercise classes that blend rhythmic Latin, and contemporary music with work at your own level dance moves. Easy to follow choreography focusing on all elements of fitness, cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance to make getting in shape more fun than ever while forgetting you’re even exercising! Various class routines will build on toning. Use of 1lb weights optional.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F DROP IN PROGRAMS SUNDAYS Over 40 (Must be 40 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 - December 28Time: 8:00– 9:30a Location: Redbank Community CenterOver 30 (Must be 30 years old or older)Sundays, Oct. 5 – Dec. 28Time: 2:00 – 3:45p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Tuesday, Sept. 30 – Dec. 30 (No drop in Nov. 4, Nov. 11)Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 +Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 11:30a – 1:30p Location: South Portland Community CenterEVENING - 18+Wednesdays, Oct. 1 – Dec 17Time: 7:00– 9:00p Location: Redbank Community Center LUNCH TIME - 18 + Fridays, Oct. 3 – Dec. 26Time: 11:30a – 1:30pLocation: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$5.00 - South Portland Residents $7.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
1:45 PM - 3:15 PM
|
SENIOR CORNHOLE - SENIOR CORNHOLE Come join us to play Cornhole at the South Portland Community Center! Please try to pre-register before attending the program. Drop-ins always welcome! SEE NOTES, CALENDAR AND SCHEDULE FOR NO CORN HOLE DATES.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2025-2026 TEEN CENTEROur Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members. What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Dates: September 2 – June 11, 2026Times: 2:15p – 6:00pmLocation: Redbank Community CenterMonday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Staff Coordinator: Joe GleasonAddress: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim Meet v Westbrook/NYA
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Karate Kids - Karate Kids- Winter 1 Students in this class will learn the basic strikes, blocks, kicks and stances used in karate training. This fundamental training also strengthens and prepares the body for the more difficult techniques ahead in one’s training. In addition to developing physical fitness, self-defense and safety skills, our karate program also helps your child build confidence, focus and respect for oneself and others.Instructor: Dragon Fire Martial ArtsMin 10/Max 25*No Class on November 28th 2025Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Resereved
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering- Recreational Cheer - Shooting Stars South Portland Fire – Competitive Recreational CheerleadingSouth Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all athletes who live in or attend school in South Portland. Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Competition Schedule2/6/26 - SPFC Friends and Family Showcase **2/21/26 - Bath Youth Cheer Competition - Bath Middle School3/7/26 - Elite Cheer Challenge - Biddeford High School3/14/25 - Fire Invitational - South Portland High School ** Mandatory family volunteering day3/28/26 - Scarborough Invitational - Scarborough High School **4/4/26 - MYCCA Cheer Classic - Lewiston Colissee Twinkling StarsAges: 3 - KindergartenDay/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-6:00 Location: SPCC Aerobic RoomWill only attend events marked with ** aboveFee: $100/$110NRRising StarsGrade: 1-2Day/Time: Wednesday, 5:30-7:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $165Shooting StarsGrade: 3-4Day/Time: Tuesday 6:00-7:30; Friday 5:30-6:307:00-8:00Location: SPCC Multipurpose RoomFee: $265Shining Stars D2Grade: 5Day/Time: Monday 6:30-8:00; Wednesday Location: SPHS Cafe; SPCC Multipurpose Fee: $265Shining Stars IGrade: 6Day/Time: Tuesday/Thursday; 5:30-7:00Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Super StarsGrade: 7-8Tuesday/Thursday; 7:00-8:30Location: SPHS CafeFee: $265Shimmering StarsThis team is back for its second year! This team is open to athletes in all cities/towns with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We are following the Unified Sports Recreation model and hope to have 50% of the team comprised of neurotypical Unified Partners. This team will perform at events marked with ** above. (Min 5/Max 10)Instructor: Tracy BissonnetteDates: Monday, November 3 - April 4Times: 5:45-6:15pmAges: Grade 6 - Young AdultLocation: SPHS CafeteriaFee: $100/$110NRStaff Coordinator: Brianne Maloney
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Rec BB Setup
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday January 24, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 9am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Saturdays at 9am Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Beginner Watercolor Sketch Booking - Beginner Watercolor Sketch Booking: Birds Beginner Watercolor Sketch Booking: BirdsThis five class series will teach beginners how to complete bird sketches with ink and watercolor. No experience needed. We will be learning how to use gestures and value to effectively capture an image or scene. Beginner Watercolor Sketch Booking: Still LifeThis five class series will teach beginners how to create loose watercolor still life sketches using multiple techniques including line drawings, as well as value based drawings. We will explore how to work both quickly and slowly at sketches. Beginner Watercolor Sketch Booking: FlowersThis five class series will teach beginners how to make watercolor sketches of garden and wild flower scenes as well as individual flowers. No experience needed. Supplies are included in class. Min 4 / Max 14Instructor: Joan QuinnNo Senior Discount
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: BOYS Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere.During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. The score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools (day/time TBA once teams are formed) and have one game on Saturday mornings at The Community Center. Practices will begin the week of November 10. A game schedule will be provided at your team’s first practice. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. The fee includes a team shirt. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov . Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 6:30pm-7:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th (Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: GIRLS Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere.During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. The score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools (day/time TBA once teams are formed) and have one game on Saturday mornings at The Community Center. Practices will begin the week of November 10. A game schedule will be provided at your team’s first practice. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. The fee includes a team shirt. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov . Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 6:30pm-7:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th (Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Boys The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. The score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Practice will begin the week of November 10th. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov. Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 7:30-8:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th(Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Girls The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. The score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Practice will begin the week of November 10th. REGISTRATION DEADLINE OCT.27th, Wait list starts October 28th. If interested in coaching, please contact Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov. Mandatory coaches meeting Thursday October 30th 7:30-8:30pm Game Dates: Nov 22ndDec 6thDec 13th Dec 20thJan 3rdJan 10thJan 17th(Make up days 1/24 & 1/31)Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9:30am These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Saturday at 9:30am Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 10am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 10am OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Saturdays at 10am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball: Session 2 South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TRAINING THE RIGHT WAY - JANUARY SATURDAYS Strength and weight training are absolutely critical as one gets older. This class will teach you the best exercises to do, and how to do them with proper form so you get results and avoid injuries. You will learn what to do at the gym, or to just strength train at home with minimal equipment. Beginners will learn how to start, and intermediates will learn how to improve. Emphasis on strength, posture and balance. Please bring a mat!
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Winter Art For Kids - Winter Art For Kids In this four week program, we will celebrate winter by creating winter-themed art! We will make paper snowflakes, paper plate snowmen, paint wintry scenes, penguin paper bag puppets, Valentines, and more.min 5 /max 15Instructor: Lindsay Larsen
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmers 3-Development of Swimming Strokes - Saturday at 10:30am Mini 3 is designed for children ages 3-5, and is built on the skills learned in Mini 1 & 2. Instructors will provide additional guided practice of basic aquatic skills with a goal of gaining more proficiency with swimming at greater distances with varied strokes. Skills taught at this level will include: streamlined blast offs, front crawl with rhythmic breathing and proper body positioning, elementary backstroke arms, the ability to roll over to swim greater distances and for safety, back floating, as well as sitting/kneeling dives. A good portion of this class will be spent in deeper water with a focus on safety skills. When these students turn 6 years old and enter Progressive Youth Swim Lessons, they may be recommended to go to Level 2 or 3, based on their skill set, comfort in deep water and their full understanding of pool safety rules and willingness to pay attention and participate in the class.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Beginner Soft Pastel - Beginner Soft Pastel: Birds Beginner Soft Pastel: Celebration of Seasons: This five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to draw and paint landscapes. No experience needed. We will be learning about value, composition, and color while enjoying the beauty of painting New England fall, winter and spring scenes.Beginner Soft Pastel: Abstracts: This five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to create abstracts using a structured approach by simplifying a representational drawing to essence. We will be using soft pastel, graphite, and charcoal. Beginner Soft Pastel: AnimalsThis five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to draw and paint animals such as cats, dogs, pigs and bears. In addition, students will learn how to use pastels to achieve both a sketch and finished painting look. All classes will include step-by-step instructions. No experience needed. Supplies are included in class. Instructor: Joan Quinn
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 11am For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 11am Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Saturdays at 11am OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Saturdays at 11:30am This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 5-6) - 5th-6th Boys Basketball DATES UPDATED 9.25.2025- Change from Brochure The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. The score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Teams will practice 1-2 times per week (space dependent) at local schools or SPCC and Redbank. Practices will begin the week of November 17th. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. Games will be played on Saturday mornings and afternoons at nearby towns, Scarborough & Cape Elizabeth, so travel is required. A game schedule will be provided at the beginning of November. Deadline: November 3rd If you are interested in coaching, please get in touch with Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.gov Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|